x86: drop stale Mem enumerator
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
71 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
72 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
73 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
74 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
75 lang_statement_union). */
76 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
77 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
78 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
79 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
80 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
81 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
82
83 /* Forward declarations. */
84 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
85 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
86 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
87 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
88 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
89 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
90 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statements (void);
93 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
94 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
95 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
96 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
97 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
98 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
99 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
100
101 /* Exported variables. */
102 const char *output_target;
103 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
104 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
105 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
106 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
107 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
108 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
109 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
110 lang_statement_union). */
111 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
112 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
113 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
114 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
115 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
116 lang_statement_union). */
117 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
118 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
119 const char *entry_section = ".text";
120 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
121 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
122 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
123 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
124 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
125 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
127 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
128 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
129 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
130
131 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
132 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
133 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
134
135 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
136 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
137 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
138 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
139 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
140 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
141
142 #define new_stat(x, y) \
143 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
144
145 #define outside_section_address(q) \
146 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
147
148 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
149 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
150
151 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
152
153 void *
154 stat_alloc (size_t size)
155 {
156 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
157 }
158
159 static int
160 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
161 {
162 if (wildcardp (pattern))
163 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
164 return strcmp (pattern, name);
165 }
166
167 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
168 separator. If not, return NULL. */
169
170 static char *
171 archive_path (const char *pattern)
172 {
173 char *p = NULL;
174
175 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
176 return p;
177
178 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
179 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
180 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
181 return p;
182
183 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
184 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
185 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
186 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
187 #endif
188 return p;
189 }
190
191 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
192 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
193
194 static bfd_boolean
195 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
196 lang_input_statement_type *f)
197 {
198 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
199
200 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
201 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
202 && ((sep != file_spec)
203 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
204 {
205 match = TRUE;
206
207 if (sep != file_spec)
208 {
209 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
210 *sep = 0;
211 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
212 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
213 }
214 }
215 return match;
216 }
217
218 static bfd_boolean
219 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
220 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
221 {
222 struct unique_sections *unam;
223 const char *secnam;
224
225 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
226 && sec->owner != NULL
227 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
228 return !(os != NULL
229 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
230
231 secnam = sec->name;
232 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
233 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
234 return TRUE;
235
236 return FALSE;
237 }
238
239 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
240
241 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
242 false. */
243
244 static bfd_boolean
245 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
246 lang_input_statement_type *file)
247 {
248 struct name_list *list_tmp;
249
250 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
251 list_tmp;
252 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
253 {
254 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
255
256 if (p != NULL)
257 {
258 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
259 return TRUE;
260 }
261
262 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
263 return TRUE;
264
265 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
266 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
267 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
268 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
269 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
270 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
271 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
272 return TRUE;
273 }
274
275 return FALSE;
276 }
277
278 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
279 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
280 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
281 function is very fast. */
282
283 static void
284 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
285 lang_input_statement_type *file,
286 asection *s,
287 struct wildcard_list *sec,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
292 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
293 return;
294
295 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
296 }
297
298 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
299 but slowly. */
300
301 static void
302 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
303 lang_input_statement_type *file,
304 callback_t callback,
305 void *data)
306 {
307 asection *s;
308 struct wildcard_list *sec;
309
310 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
311 {
312 sec = ptr->section_list;
313 if (sec == NULL)
314 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
315
316 while (sec != NULL)
317 {
318 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
319
320 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
321 {
322 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
323
324 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
325 }
326
327 if (!skip)
328 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
329
330 sec = sec->next;
331 }
332 }
333 }
334
335 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
336 than one section with that name, we report that. */
337
338 typedef struct
339 {
340 asection *found_section;
341 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
342 } section_iterator_callback_data;
343
344 static bfd_boolean
345 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
346 {
347 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
348
349 if (d->found_section != NULL)
350 {
351 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
352 return TRUE;
353 }
354
355 d->found_section = s;
356 return FALSE;
357 }
358
359 static asection *
360 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
361 struct wildcard_list *sec,
362 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
363 {
364 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
365
366 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
367 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
368 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
369 return cb_data.found_section;
370 }
371
372 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
373 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
374
375 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
376 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
377
378 static bfd_boolean
379 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
380 {
381 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
382 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
383 }
384
385 static bfd_boolean
386 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
387 {
388 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
389 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
390 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
391 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
392 return FALSE;
393
394 pattern += 4;
395 name += 4;
396 while (*pattern != '*')
397 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
398 return FALSE;
399
400 return TRUE;
401 }
402
403 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
404 section name NAME. */
405
406 static unsigned long
407 get_init_priority (const char *name)
408 {
409 char *end;
410 unsigned long init_priority;
411
412 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
413 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
414 lower value means a higher priority.
415
416 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
417 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
418 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
419 .fini_array is backward.
420 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
421 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
422 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
423 is forward.
424 */
425 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
426 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
427 {
428 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
429 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
430 }
431 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
432 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
433 {
434 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
435 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
436 }
437
438 return 0;
439 }
440
441 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
442
443 static int
444 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
445 {
446 int ret;
447 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
448
449 switch (sort)
450 {
451 default:
452 abort ();
453
454 case by_init_priority:
455 ainit_priority
456 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
457 binit_priority
458 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
459 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
460 goto sort_by_name;
461 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
462 if (ret)
463 break;
464 else
465 goto sort_by_name;
466
467 case by_alignment_name:
468 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
469 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
470 if (ret)
471 break;
472 /* Fall through. */
473
474 case by_name:
475 sort_by_name:
476 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
477 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
478 break;
479
480 case by_name_alignment:
481 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
482 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
483 if (ret)
484 break;
485 /* Fall through. */
486
487 case by_alignment:
488 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
489 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
490 break;
491 }
492
493 return ret;
494 }
495
496 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
497 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
498 of sections are large. */
499
500 static lang_section_bst_type **
501 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
502 struct wildcard_list *sec,
503 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
504 asection *section)
505 {
506 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
507
508 tree = &wild->tree;
509 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
510 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
511 {
512 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
513 while (*tree)
514 tree = &((*tree)->right);
515 return tree;
516 }
517
518 while (*tree)
519 {
520 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
521 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
522 tree = &((*tree)->left);
523 else
524 tree = &((*tree)->right);
525 }
526
527 return tree;
528 }
529
530 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
531
532 static void
533 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
534 struct wildcard_list *sec,
535 asection *section,
536 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 lang_input_statement_type *file,
538 void *output)
539 {
540 lang_section_bst_type *node;
541 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
542 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
543
544 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
545
546 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
547 return;
548
549 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
550 node->left = 0;
551 node->right = 0;
552 node->section = section;
553
554 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
555 if (tree != NULL)
556 *tree = node;
557 }
558
559 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
560
561 static void
562 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
563 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
564 void *output)
565 {
566 if (tree->left)
567 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
568
569 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
570 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
571
572 if (tree->right)
573 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
574
575 free (tree);
576 }
577
578 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
579 wildcards */
580
581 static void
582 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
583 lang_input_statement_type *file,
584 callback_t callback,
585 void *data)
586 {
587 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
588 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
589 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
590 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
591 get processed in the bfd's order. */
592 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
593 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
595
596 if (multiple_sections_found)
597 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
598 else if (s0)
599 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
600 }
601
602 static void
603 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
604 lang_input_statement_type *file,
605 callback_t callback,
606 void *data)
607 {
608 asection *s;
609 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
610
611 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
612 {
613 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
614 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
615
616 if (!skip)
617 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
618 }
619 }
620
621 static void
622 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
623 lang_input_statement_type *file,
624 callback_t callback,
625 void *data)
626 {
627 asection *s;
628 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
629 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
630 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
631 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
632
633 if (multiple_sections_found)
634 {
635 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
636 return;
637 }
638
639 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
640 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
641 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
642 {
643 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
644 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
645 wildspec1. */
646 if (s == s0)
647 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
648 else
649 {
650 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
651 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
652
653 if (!skip)
654 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
655 data);
656 }
657 }
658 }
659
660 static void
661 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
662 lang_input_statement_type *file,
663 callback_t callback,
664 void *data)
665 {
666 asection *s;
667 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
668 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
669 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
670 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
671 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
672
673 if (multiple_sections_found)
674 {
675 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
676 return;
677 }
678
679 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
680 {
681 if (s == s0)
682 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
683 else
684 {
685 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
686 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
687
688 if (!skip)
689 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
690 else
691 {
692 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
693 if (!skip)
694 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
695 data);
696 }
697 }
698 }
699 }
700
701 static void
702 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
703 lang_input_statement_type *file,
704 callback_t callback,
705 void *data)
706 {
707 asection *s;
708 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
709 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
710 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
711 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
712 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
713 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
714
715 if (multiple_sections_found)
716 {
717 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
718 return;
719 }
720
721 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
722 if (multiple_sections_found)
723 {
724 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
725 return;
726 }
727
728 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
729 {
730 if (s == s0)
731 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
732 else
733 if (s == s1)
734 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
735 else
736 {
737 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
738 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
739 sname);
740
741 if (!skip)
742 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
743 data);
744 else
745 {
746 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
747 if (!skip)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
749 callback, data);
750 }
751 }
752 }
753 }
754
755 static void
756 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
757 lang_input_statement_type *file,
758 callback_t callback,
759 void *data)
760 {
761 if (file->flags.just_syms)
762 return;
763
764 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
765 }
766
767 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
768 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
769 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
770 first wildcard character. */
771
772 static bfd_boolean
773 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
774 {
775 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
776 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
777 size_t min_prefix_len;
778
779 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
780 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
781 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
782 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
783 prefix1_len++;
784 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
785 prefix2_len++;
786
787 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
788
789 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
790 }
791
792 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
793 statements. */
794
795 static void
796 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
797 {
798 int sec_count = 0;
799 int wild_name_count = 0;
800 struct wildcard_list *sec;
801 int signature;
802 int data_counter;
803
804 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
805 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
806 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
807 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
808 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
809 ptr->tree = NULL;
810
811 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
812 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
813 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
814 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
815 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
816 ending in a single '*'. */
817 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
818 {
819 ++sec_count;
820 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
821 return;
822 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
823 {
824 ++wild_name_count;
825 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
826 return;
827 }
828 }
829
830 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
831 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
832 happen in practice. */
833 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
834 return;
835
836 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
837 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
838 {
839 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
840 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
841 {
842 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
843 return;
844 }
845 }
846
847 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
848 switch (signature)
849 {
850 case 0x0100:
851 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
852 break;
853 case 0x0101:
854 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
855 break;
856 case 0x0201:
857 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
858 break;
859 case 0x0302:
860 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
861 break;
862 case 0x0402:
863 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
864 break;
865 default:
866 return;
867 }
868
869 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
870 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
871 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
872 given order, because we've already determined that no section
873 will match more than one spec. */
874 data_counter = 0;
875 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
876 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
877 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
878 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
879 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
880 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
881 }
882
883 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
884
885 static void
886 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
887 lang_input_statement_type *f,
888 callback_t callback,
889 void *data)
890 {
891 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
892 return;
893
894 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
895 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
896 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
897 else
898 {
899 bfd *member;
900
901 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
902 archive separately. */
903 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
904 while (member != NULL)
905 {
906 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
907 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
908 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
909 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
910 lang_input_statement. */
911 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
912 {
913 walk_wild_section (s,
914 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
915 callback, data);
916 }
917
918 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
919 }
920 }
921 }
922
923 static void
924 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
925 {
926 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
927 char *p;
928
929 if (file_spec == NULL)
930 {
931 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
932 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
933 {
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
938 {
939 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
940 {
941 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
942 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
943 }
944 }
945 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
946 {
947 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
948 {
949 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
950 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
951 }
952 }
953 else
954 {
955 lang_input_statement_type *f;
956
957 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
958 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
959 if (f)
960 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
961 }
962 }
963
964 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
965 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
966 with constraint set to -1. */
967
968 void
969 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
970 lang_statement_union_type *s)
971 {
972 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
973 {
974 func (s);
975
976 switch (s->header.type)
977 {
978 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
979 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
980 break;
981 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
982 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
983 lang_for_each_statement_worker
984 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
985 break;
986 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
987 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
988 s->wild_statement.children.head);
989 break;
990 case lang_group_statement_enum:
991 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
992 s->group_statement.children.head);
993 break;
994 case lang_data_statement_enum:
995 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
996 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
997 case lang_output_statement_enum:
998 case lang_target_statement_enum:
999 case lang_input_section_enum:
1000 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1001 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1002 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1003 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1004 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1005 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1006 break;
1007 default:
1008 FAIL ();
1009 break;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 }
1013
1014 void
1015 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1016 {
1017 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1018 }
1019
1020 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1021
1022 void
1023 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1024 {
1025 list->head = NULL;
1026 list->tail = &list->head;
1027 }
1028
1029 void
1030 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1031 {
1032 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1033 abort ();
1034 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1035 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1036 }
1037
1038 void
1039 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1040 {
1041 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1042 abort ();
1043 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1047
1048 static lang_statement_union_type *
1049 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1050 size_t size,
1051 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1052 {
1053 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1054
1055 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1056 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1057 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1058 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1059 return new_stmt;
1060 }
1061
1062 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1063 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1064 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1065
1066 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1067 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1068 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1069 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1070
1071 static lang_input_statement_type *
1072 new_afile (const char *name,
1073 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1074 const char *target,
1075 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1076 {
1077 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1078
1079 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1080
1081 if (add_to_list)
1082 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1083 else
1084 {
1085 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1086 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1087 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1088 p->header.next = NULL;
1089 }
1090
1091 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1092 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1093 p->target = target;
1094 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1095 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1096 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1097 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1098 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1099
1100 switch (file_type)
1101 {
1102 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = name;
1105 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1107 break;
1108 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1109 p->filename = name;
1110 p->local_sym_name = name;
1111 break;
1112 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1113 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1114 {
1115 p->filename = name + 1;
1116 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1117 }
1118 else
1119 p->filename = name;
1120 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1121 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1122 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1123 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1126 p->filename = name;
1127 p->local_sym_name = name;
1128 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1129 break;
1130 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1131 p->filename = name;
1132 p->local_sym_name = name;
1133 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1134 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1135 break;
1136 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1137 p->filename = name;
1138 p->local_sym_name = name;
1139 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1140 break;
1141 default:
1142 FAIL ();
1143 }
1144
1145 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1146 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1147 &p->next_real_file);
1148 return p;
1149 }
1150
1151 lang_input_statement_type *
1152 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1153 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1154 const char *target)
1155 {
1156 if (name != NULL
1157 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1158 {
1159 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1160 char *sysrooted_name
1161 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1162 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1163 (const char *) NULL);
1164
1165 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1166 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1167 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1168 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1169 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1170 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1171 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1172 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1173 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1174 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1175 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1176 return ret;
1177 }
1178
1179 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1180 }
1181
1182 struct out_section_hash_entry
1183 {
1184 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1185 lang_statement_union_type s;
1186 };
1187
1188 /* The hash table. */
1189
1190 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1191
1192 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1193 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1194
1195 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1196 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1197 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1198 const char *string)
1199 {
1200 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1201 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1202
1203 if (entry == NULL)
1204 {
1205 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1206 sizeof (*ret));
1207 if (entry == NULL)
1208 return entry;
1209 }
1210
1211 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1212 if (entry == NULL)
1213 return entry;
1214
1215 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1216 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1217 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1218 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1219 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1220 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1221 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1222 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1223
1224 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1225 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1226 field of the last element of the list. */
1227 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1228 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1229 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1230 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1231 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1232
1233 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1234 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1235 instead. */
1236 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1237 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1238 &ret->s,
1239 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1240 return &ret->root;
1241 }
1242
1243 static void
1244 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1245 {
1246 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1247 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1248 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1249 61))
1250 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1251 }
1252
1253 static void
1254 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1255 {
1256 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1257 }
1258
1259 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1260
1261 void
1262 lang_init (void)
1263 {
1264 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1265
1266 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1267
1268 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1269
1270 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1271
1272 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1273 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1274 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1275 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1276 NULL);
1277 abs_output_section =
1278 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1279
1280 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1281
1282 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1283 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1284 }
1285
1286 void
1287 lang_finish (void)
1288 {
1289 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1290 }
1291
1292 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1293 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1294 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1295 syntax.
1296
1297 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1298
1299 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1300 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1301
1302 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1303 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1304 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1305 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1306 and so we issue a warning.
1307
1308 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1309 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1310 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1311 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1312 region. */
1313
1314 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1315 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1316 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1317
1318 lang_memory_region_type *
1319 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1320 {
1321 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1322 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1323 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1324
1325 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1326 if (name == NULL)
1327 return NULL;
1328
1329 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1330 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1331 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1332 {
1333 if (create)
1334 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1335 NULL, name);
1336 return r;
1337 }
1338
1339 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1340 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1341 NULL, name);
1342
1343 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1344 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1345
1346 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1347 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1348 new_region->next = NULL;
1349 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1350 new_region->origin = 0;
1351 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1352 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1353 new_region->current = 0;
1354 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1355 new_region->flags = 0;
1356 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1357 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1358
1359 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1360 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1361
1362 return new_region;
1363 }
1364
1365 void
1366 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1367 {
1368 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1369 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1370 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1371
1372 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1373 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1374 the default memory region. */
1375 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1376 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1377 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1378
1379 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1380 in use. */
1381 region = NULL;
1382 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1383 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1384 {
1385 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1386 region = r;
1387 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1388 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1389 "alias `%s'\n"),
1390 NULL, alias);
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1394 if (region == NULL)
1395 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1396 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1397 NULL, region_name, alias);
1398
1399 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1400 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1401 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1402 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1403 region->name_list.next = n;
1404 }
1405
1406 static lang_memory_region_type *
1407 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1408 {
1409 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1410
1411 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1412
1413 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1414 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1415 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1416
1417 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1418 {
1419 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1420 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1421 {
1422 return p;
1423 }
1424 }
1425 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1429
1430 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1431 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1432 {
1433 return get_userdata (output_section);
1434 }
1435
1436 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1437 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1438 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1439 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1440
1441 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1442 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1443 int constraint,
1444 bfd_boolean create)
1445 {
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1447
1448 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1449 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1450 create, FALSE));
1451 if (entry == NULL)
1452 {
1453 if (create)
1454 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1455 return NULL;
1456 }
1457
1458 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1459 {
1460 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1461 constraint. */
1462 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1463
1464 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1465 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1466 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1467 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1468 but that shouldn't matter. */
1469 last_ent = entry;
1470 else
1471 do
1472 {
1473 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1474 || (constraint == 0
1475 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1476 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1477 last_ent = entry;
1478 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1479 }
1480 while (entry != NULL
1481 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1482
1483 if (!create)
1484 return NULL;
1485
1486 entry
1487 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1488 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1489 &output_section_statement_table,
1490 name));
1491 if (entry == NULL)
1492 {
1493 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1494 return NULL;
1495 }
1496 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1497 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1498 }
1499
1500 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1501 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1502 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1503 }
1504
1505 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1506 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1507 match any non-negative constraint. */
1508
1509 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1510 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1511 int constraint)
1512 {
1513 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1514 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1515 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1516 ((char *) os
1517 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1518 const char *name = os->name;
1519
1520 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1521 do
1522 {
1523 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1524 if (entry == NULL
1525 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1526 return NULL;
1527 }
1528 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1529 && (constraint != 0
1530 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1531
1532 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1533 }
1534
1535 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1536 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1537 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1538 sets *EXACT too. */
1539
1540 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1541 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1542 flagword sec_flags,
1543 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1544 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1545 {
1546 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1547 flagword look_flags, differ;
1548
1549 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1550 skip it. */
1551 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1552 first = first->next;
1553
1554 /* First try for an exact match. */
1555 found = NULL;
1556 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1557 {
1558 look_flags = look->flags;
1559 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1560 {
1561 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1562 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1563 look->bfd_section,
1564 sec->owner, sec))
1565 continue;
1566 }
1567 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1568 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1569 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1570 found = look;
1571 }
1572 if (found != NULL)
1573 {
1574 if (exact != NULL)
1575 *exact = found;
1576 return found;
1577 }
1578
1579 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1580 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1581 {
1582 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1583 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1584 {
1585 look_flags = look->flags;
1586 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1587 {
1588 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1589 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1590 look->bfd_section,
1591 sec->owner, sec))
1592 continue;
1593 }
1594 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1595 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1596 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1597 found = look;
1598 }
1599 }
1600 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1601 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1602 {
1603 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1604 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1605 {
1606 look_flags = look->flags;
1607 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1608 {
1609 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1610 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1611 look->bfd_section,
1612 sec->owner, sec))
1613 continue;
1614 }
1615 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1616 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1617 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1618 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1619 | SEC_READONLY))
1620 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1621 found = look;
1622 }
1623 }
1624 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1625 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1626 {
1627 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1628 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1629 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1630
1631 match_type = NULL;
1632 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1633 {
1634 look_flags = look->flags;
1635 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1636 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1637
1638 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1639 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1640 {
1641 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1642 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1643 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1644 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1645 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1646 previous section. */
1647 break;
1648 found = look;
1649 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1650 }
1651 else if (seen_thread_local)
1652 break;
1653 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1654 found = look;
1655 }
1656 }
1657 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1658 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1659 {
1660 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1661 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1662 {
1663 look_flags = look->flags;
1664 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1665 {
1666 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1667 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1668 look->bfd_section,
1669 sec->owner, sec))
1670 continue;
1671 }
1672 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1673 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1674 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1675 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1676 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1677 found = look;
1678 }
1679 }
1680 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1681 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1682 {
1683 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1684 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1685 {
1686 look_flags = look->flags;
1687 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1688 {
1689 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1690 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1691 look->bfd_section,
1692 sec->owner, sec))
1693 continue;
1694 }
1695 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1696 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1697 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1698 found = look;
1699 }
1700 }
1701 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1702 {
1703 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1704 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1705 {
1706 look_flags = look->flags;
1707 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1710 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1711 look->bfd_section,
1712 sec->owner, sec))
1713 continue;
1714 }
1715 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1716 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1717 found = look;
1718 }
1719 }
1720 else
1721 {
1722 /* non-alloc go last. */
1723 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1724 {
1725 look_flags = look->flags;
1726 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1727 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1728 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1729 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1730 found = look;
1731 }
1732 return found;
1733 }
1734
1735 if (found || !match_type)
1736 return found;
1737
1738 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1739 }
1740
1741 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1742 Used by place_orphan. */
1743
1744 static asection *
1745 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1746 {
1747 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1748
1749 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1750 {
1751 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1752 continue;
1753
1754 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1755 return lookup->bfd_section;
1756 }
1757
1758 return NULL;
1759 }
1760
1761 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1762 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1763 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1764 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1765 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1766 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1767 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1768 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1769 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1770 image symbols. */
1771
1772 static lang_statement_union_type **
1773 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1774 {
1775 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1776 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1777 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1778
1779 ignore_first
1780 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1781
1782 for (where = &after->header.next;
1783 *where != NULL;
1784 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1785 {
1786 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1787 {
1788 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1789 if (assign == NULL)
1790 {
1791 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1792
1793 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1794 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1795 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1796 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1797 {
1798 if (!ignore_first)
1799 assign = where;
1800 ignore_first = FALSE;
1801 }
1802 }
1803 continue;
1804 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1805 case lang_input_section_enum:
1806 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1807 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1812 assign = NULL;
1813 ignore_first = FALSE;
1814 continue;
1815 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1816 if (assign != NULL)
1817 {
1818 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1819
1820 if (s == NULL
1821 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1822 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1823 where = assign;
1824 }
1825 break;
1826 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1827 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1828 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1829 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1830 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1831 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1832 continue;
1833 }
1834 break;
1835 }
1836
1837 return where;
1838 }
1839
1840 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1841 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1842 const char *secname,
1843 int constraint,
1844 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1845 struct orphan_save *place,
1846 etree_type *address,
1847 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1848 {
1849 lang_statement_list_type add;
1850 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1851 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1852
1853 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1854 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1855 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1856 if (after != NULL)
1857 {
1858 lang_list_init (&add);
1859 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1860 }
1861
1862 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1863 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1864 address = exp_intop (0);
1865
1866 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1867 lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1868 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1869 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1870
1871 if (add_child == NULL)
1872 add_child = &os->children;
1873 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1874
1875 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1876 {
1877 const char *region = (after->region
1878 ? after->region->name_list.name
1879 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1880 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1881 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1882 : NULL);
1883 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1884 lma_region);
1885 }
1886 else
1887 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1888 NULL);
1889
1890 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1891 if (after != NULL)
1892 pop_stat_ptr ();
1893
1894 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1895 {
1896 asection *snew, *as;
1897 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1898 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1899
1900 snew = os->bfd_section;
1901
1902 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1903 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1904 if (place->section == NULL
1905 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1906 ->output_section_statement))
1907 {
1908 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1909
1910 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1911 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1912 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1913 output section. */
1914 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1915 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1916
1917 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1918 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1919 }
1920
1921 if (place->section == NULL)
1922 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1923
1924 as = *place->section;
1925
1926 if (!as)
1927 {
1928 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1929
1930 /* Unlink the section. */
1931 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1932
1933 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1934 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1935 }
1936 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1937 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1938 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1939 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1940 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1941 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1942 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1943 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1944 {
1945 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1946 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1947 section after a note section, */
1948 asection *sec;
1949 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1950 should be placed. */
1951 asection *after_sec;
1952 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1953 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1954 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1955
1956 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1957
1958 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1959 ascending order. */
1960 after_sec = NULL;
1961 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1962 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1963 {
1964 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1965 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1966 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1967
1968 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1969 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1970 (sec != NULL
1971 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1972 sec = sec->next)
1973 if (sec != snew
1974 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1975 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1976 {
1977 if (!first_orphan_note)
1978 first_orphan_note = sec;
1979 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1980 after_sec = sec;
1981 }
1982 else if (first_orphan_note)
1983 {
1984 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1985 orphan note section. */
1986 break;
1987 }
1988
1989 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1990 be placed at the default location. */
1991 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1992 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1993 {
1994 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1995 alignments, place the section before all
1996 output orphan note sections. */
1997 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
1998 insert_after = FALSE;
1999 }
2000 }
2001 else if (first_orphan_note)
2002 {
2003 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2004 note sections. */
2005 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2006 after_sec = as;
2007 for (sec = as->next;
2008 (sec != NULL
2009 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2010 sec = sec->next)
2011 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2012 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2013 after_sec = sec;
2014 }
2015
2016 if (after_sec_note)
2017 {
2018 if (after_sec)
2019 {
2020 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2021 statement. */
2022 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2023 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2024 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2025 {
2026 next = stmt->next;
2027 if (insert_after)
2028 {
2029 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2030 {
2031 place_after = TRUE;
2032 found = TRUE;
2033 after = stmt;
2034 break;
2035 }
2036 }
2037 else
2038 {
2039 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2040 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2041 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2042 {
2043 place_after = TRUE;
2044 found = TRUE;
2045 after = stmt;
2046 break;
2047 }
2048 }
2049 }
2050
2051 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2052 statement. */
2053 if (!found)
2054 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2055 {
2056 if (insert_after)
2057 {
2058 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2059 {
2060 place_after = TRUE;
2061 after = stmt;
2062 break;
2063 }
2064 }
2065 else
2066 {
2067 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2068 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2069 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2070 {
2071 place_after = TRUE;
2072 after = stmt;
2073 break;
2074 }
2075 }
2076 }
2077 }
2078
2079 if (after_sec == NULL
2080 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2081 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2082 {
2083 /* Unlink the section. */
2084 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2085
2086 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2087 prepend SNEW. */
2088 if (after_sec)
2089 {
2090 if (insert_after)
2091 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2092 after_sec, snew);
2093 else
2094 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2095 after_sec, snew);
2096 }
2097 else
2098 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2099 }
2100 }
2101 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2102 {
2103 /* Unlink the section. */
2104 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2105
2106 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2107 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2108 as, snew);
2109 }
2110 }
2111 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2112 {
2113 /* Unlink the section. */
2114 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2115
2116 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2117 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2118 }
2119
2120 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2121 follow the one we've just added. */
2122 place->section = &snew->next;
2123
2124 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2125 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2126 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2127 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2128 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2129 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2130 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2131 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2132 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2133 if (add.head != NULL)
2134 {
2135 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2136
2137 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2138 if (place_after)
2139 {
2140 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2141
2142 *add.tail = *where;
2143 *where = add.head;
2144
2145 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2146 }
2147 else
2148 {
2149 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2150 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2151 *place->stmt = add.head;
2152 }
2153
2154 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2155 new list at the tail. */
2156 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2157 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2158
2159 /* Save the end of this list. */
2160 place->stmt = add.tail;
2161
2162 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2163 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2164 *os_tail = NULL;
2165 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2166 ((char *) place->os_tail
2167 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2168 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2169 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2170 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2171 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2172 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2173
2174 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2175 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2176 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2177 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2178 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2179 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2180 lang_output_section_statement.tail
2181 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2182 }
2183 }
2184 return os;
2185 }
2186
2187 static void
2188 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2189 {
2190 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2191
2192 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2193 return;
2194
2195 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2196
2197 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2198 {
2199 size_t len;
2200
2201 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2202 len = strlen (m->soname);
2203
2204 if (len >= 29)
2205 {
2206 print_nl ();
2207 len = 0;
2208 }
2209 while (len < 30)
2210 {
2211 print_space ();
2212 ++len;
2213 }
2214
2215 if (m->ref != NULL)
2216 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2217 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2218 }
2219 }
2220
2221 static void
2222 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2223 {
2224 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2225 minfo ("a");
2226
2227 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2228 minfo ("x");
2229
2230 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2231 minfo ("r");
2232
2233 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2234 minfo ("w");
2235
2236 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2237 minfo ("l");
2238 }
2239
2240 void
2241 lang_map (void)
2242 {
2243 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2244 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2245
2246 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2247 {
2248 asection *s;
2249
2250 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2251 || file->flags.just_syms)
2252 continue;
2253
2254 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2255 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2256 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2257 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2258 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2259 {
2260 if (! dis_header_printed)
2261 {
2262 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2263 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2264 }
2265
2266 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2267 }
2268 }
2269
2270 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2271 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2272 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2273
2274 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2275 {
2276 char buf[100];
2277 int len;
2278
2279 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2280
2281 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2282 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2283 len = strlen (buf);
2284 while (len < 16)
2285 {
2286 print_space ();
2287 ++len;
2288 }
2289
2290 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2291 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2292 {
2293 #ifndef BFD64
2294 minfo (" ");
2295 #endif
2296 if (m->flags)
2297 {
2298 print_space ();
2299 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2300 }
2301
2302 if (m->not_flags)
2303 {
2304 minfo (" !");
2305 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2306 }
2307 }
2308
2309 print_nl ();
2310 }
2311
2312 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2313
2314 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2315 {
2316 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2317 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2318 }
2319 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2320 lang_statement_iteration++;
2321 print_statements ();
2322
2323 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2324 config.map_file);
2325 }
2326
2327 static bfd_boolean
2328 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2329 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2330 {
2331 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2332 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2333 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2334 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2335 {
2336 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2337 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2338
2339 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2340 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2341 if (!ud)
2342 {
2343 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2344 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2345 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2346 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2347 }
2348 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2349 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2350
2351 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2352 def->entry = hash_entry;
2353 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2354 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2355 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2356 }
2357 return TRUE;
2358 }
2359
2360 /* Initialize an output section. */
2361
2362 static void
2363 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2364 {
2365 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2366 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2367
2368 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2369 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2370 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2371 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2372 s->name, flags);
2373 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2374 {
2375 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2376 " called %s: %E\n"),
2377 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2378 }
2379 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2380 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2381
2382 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2383 statement to avoid lookup. */
2384 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2385
2386 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2387 mention are initialized. */
2388 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2389 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2390
2391 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2392 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2393
2394 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2395 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2396 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2397 "section alignment");
2398 }
2399
2400 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2401 initialized. */
2402
2403 static void
2404 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2405 {
2406 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2407 {
2408 case etree_assign:
2409 case etree_provide:
2410 case etree_provided:
2411 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2412 break;
2413
2414 case etree_binary:
2415 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2416 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2417 break;
2418
2419 case etree_trinary:
2420 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2421 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2422 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2423 break;
2424
2425 case etree_assert:
2426 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2427 break;
2428
2429 case etree_unary:
2430 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2431 break;
2432
2433 case etree_name:
2434 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2435 {
2436 case ADDR:
2437 case LOADADDR:
2438 case SIZEOF:
2439 {
2440 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2441
2442 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2443 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2444 init_os (os, 0);
2445 }
2446 }
2447 break;
2448
2449 default:
2450 break;
2451 }
2452 }
2453 \f
2454 static void
2455 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2456 {
2457 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2458
2459 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2460 discard all sections. */
2461 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2462 {
2463 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2464 return;
2465 }
2466
2467 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2468 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2469 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2470 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2471 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2472
2473 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2474 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2475 }
2476 \f
2477
2478 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2479 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2480
2481 static bfd_boolean
2482 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2483 {
2484 bfd_boolean discard;
2485 flagword flags = section->flags;
2486
2487 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2488 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2489
2490 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2491 sections from within the group. */
2492 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2493 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2494 discard = TRUE;
2495
2496 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2497 information. */
2498 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2499 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2500 discard = TRUE;
2501
2502 return discard;
2503 }
2504
2505 /* The wild routines.
2506
2507 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2508 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2509 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2510
2511 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2512 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2513
2514 void
2515 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2516 asection *section,
2517 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2518 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2519 {
2520 flagword flags = section->flags;
2521
2522 bfd_boolean discard;
2523 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2524 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2525
2526 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2527 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2528
2529 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2530 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2531 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2532 discard = TRUE;
2533
2534 if (discard)
2535 {
2536 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2537 {
2538 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2539 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2540 }
2541 return;
2542 }
2543
2544 if (sflag_info)
2545 {
2546 bfd_boolean keep;
2547
2548 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2549 if (!keep)
2550 return;
2551 }
2552
2553 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2554 return;
2555
2556 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2557 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2558 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2559 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2560 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2561 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2562 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2563
2564 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2565 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2566 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2567 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2568 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2569 {
2570 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2571 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2572 else
2573 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2574 }
2575 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2576 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2577
2578 switch (output->sectype)
2579 {
2580 case normal_section:
2581 case overlay_section:
2582 case first_overlay_section:
2583 break;
2584 case noalloc_section:
2585 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2586 break;
2587 case noload_section:
2588 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2589 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2590 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2591 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2592 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2593 section. */
2594 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2595 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2596 else
2597 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2598 break;
2599 }
2600
2601 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2602 init_os (output, flags);
2603
2604 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2605 it from the output section. */
2606 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2607
2608 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2609 {
2610 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2611 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2612
2613 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2614 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2615 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2616 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2617 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2618 {
2619 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2620 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2621 }
2622 }
2623 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2624
2625 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2626 {
2627 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2628 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2629 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2630 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2631 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2632 link_info.output_bfd,
2633 output->bfd_section,
2634 &link_info);
2635 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2636 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2637 }
2638
2639 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2640 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2641 {
2642 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2643 output->block_value = 128;
2644 }
2645
2646 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2647 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2648
2649 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2650
2651 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2652 {
2653 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2654 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2655 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2656 section->map_tail.s = s;
2657 if (s != NULL)
2658 s->map_head.s = section;
2659 else
2660 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2661 }
2662
2663 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2664 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2665 new_section->section = section;
2666 }
2667
2668 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2669 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2670 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2671 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2672
2673 static lang_statement_union_type *
2674 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2675 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2676 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2677 asection *section)
2678 {
2679 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2680
2681 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2682 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2683 return NULL;
2684
2685 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2686 {
2687 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2688
2689 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2690 continue;
2691 ls = &l->input_section;
2692
2693 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2694 name. */
2695
2696 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2697 {
2698 const char *fn, *ln;
2699 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2700 int i;
2701
2702 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2703 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2704 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2705 archive. */
2706
2707 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2708 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2709 {
2710 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2711 fa = TRUE;
2712 }
2713 else
2714 {
2715 fn = file->filename;
2716 fa = FALSE;
2717 }
2718
2719 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2720 {
2721 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2722 la = TRUE;
2723 }
2724 else
2725 {
2726 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2727 la = FALSE;
2728 }
2729
2730 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2731 if (i > 0)
2732 continue;
2733 else if (i < 0)
2734 break;
2735
2736 if (fa || la)
2737 {
2738 if (fa)
2739 fn = file->filename;
2740 if (la)
2741 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2742
2743 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2744 if (i > 0)
2745 continue;
2746 else if (i < 0)
2747 break;
2748 }
2749 }
2750
2751 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2752 looking at the sections for this file. */
2753
2754 if (sec != NULL
2755 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2756 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2757 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2758 break;
2759 }
2760
2761 return l;
2762 }
2763
2764 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2765 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2766
2767 static void
2768 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2769 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2770 asection *section,
2771 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2772 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2773 void *output)
2774 {
2775 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2776 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2777
2778 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2779
2780 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2781 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2782 return;
2783
2784 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2785
2786 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2787 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2788 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2789 of the current list. */
2790
2791 if (before == NULL)
2792 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2793 else
2794 {
2795 lang_statement_list_type list;
2796 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2797
2798 lang_list_init (&list);
2799 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2800
2801 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2802 be NULL. */
2803 if (list.head != NULL)
2804 {
2805 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2806
2807 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2808 *pp != before;
2809 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2810 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2811
2812 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2813 *pp = list.head;
2814 }
2815 }
2816 }
2817
2818 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2819 are readonly. */
2820
2821 static void
2822 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2823 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2824 asection *section,
2825 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2826 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2827 void *output)
2828 {
2829 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2830
2831 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2832
2833 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2834 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2835 return;
2836
2837 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2838 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2839 }
2840
2841 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2842 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2843 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2844
2845 static lang_input_statement_type *
2846 lookup_name (const char *name)
2847 {
2848 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2849
2850 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2851 search != NULL;
2852 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2853 {
2854 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2855 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2856 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2857 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2858
2859 if (filename != NULL
2860 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2861 break;
2862 }
2863
2864 if (search == NULL)
2865 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2866 default_target, FALSE);
2867
2868 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2869 don't add this file. */
2870 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2871 return search;
2872
2873 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2874 return NULL;
2875
2876 return search;
2877 }
2878
2879 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2880
2881 struct excluded_lib
2882 {
2883 char *name;
2884 struct excluded_lib *next;
2885 };
2886 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2887
2888 void
2889 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2890 {
2891 const char *p = list, *end;
2892
2893 while (*p != '\0')
2894 {
2895 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2896 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2897 if (end == NULL)
2898 end = p + strlen (p);
2899 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2900 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2901 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2902 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2903 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2904 excluded_libs = entry;
2905 if (*end == '\0')
2906 break;
2907 p = end + 1;
2908 }
2909 }
2910
2911 static void
2912 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2913 {
2914 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2915
2916 while (lib)
2917 {
2918 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2919 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2920
2921 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2922 {
2923 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2924 return;
2925 }
2926
2927 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2928 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2929 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2930 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2931 {
2932 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2933 return;
2934 }
2935
2936 lib = lib->next;
2937 }
2938 }
2939
2940 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2941
2942 bfd_boolean
2943 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2944 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2945 {
2946 char **matching;
2947
2948 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2949 return TRUE;
2950
2951 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2952
2953 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2954 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2955 return TRUE;
2956
2957 if (trace_files || verbose)
2958 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2959
2960 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2961 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2962 {
2963 bfd_error_type err;
2964 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2965 extern FILE *yyin;
2966
2967 err = bfd_get_error ();
2968
2969 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2970 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2971 return TRUE;
2972
2973 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2974 {
2975 char **p;
2976
2977 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2978 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2979 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2980 einfo (" %s", *p);
2981 einfo ("%F\n");
2982 }
2983 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2984 || place == NULL)
2985 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2986
2987 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2988 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2989
2990 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2991 save_flags = input_flags;
2992 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2993
2994 push_stat_ptr (place);
2995 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2996 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2997 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2998 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2999 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3000 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3001
3002 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3003 parser_input = input_script;
3004 yyparse ();
3005 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3006
3007 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3008 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3009 again. */
3010 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3011 input_flags = save_flags;
3012 pop_stat_ptr ();
3013 fclose (yyin);
3014 yyin = NULL;
3015 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3016
3017 return TRUE;
3018 }
3019
3020 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3021 return TRUE;
3022
3023 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3024 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3025 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3026 which is used. */
3027 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3028 {
3029 default:
3030 break;
3031
3032 case bfd_object:
3033 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3034 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3035 break;
3036
3037 case bfd_archive:
3038 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3039
3040 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
3041 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3042 {
3043 bfd *member = NULL;
3044 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3045
3046 for (;;)
3047 {
3048 bfd *subsbfd;
3049 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3050
3051 if (member == NULL)
3052 break;
3053
3054 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3055 {
3056 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3057 entry->the_bfd, member);
3058 loaded = FALSE;
3059 }
3060
3061 subsbfd = member;
3062 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3063 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3064 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3065 abort ();
3066
3067 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3068 substitute BFD for us. */
3069 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3070 {
3071 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3072 loaded = FALSE;
3073 }
3074 }
3075
3076 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3077 return loaded;
3078 }
3079 break;
3080 }
3081
3082 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3083 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3084 else
3085 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3086
3087 return entry->flags.loaded;
3088 }
3089
3090 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3091 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3092 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3093 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3094 the output section. */
3095
3096 static void
3097 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3098 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3099 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3100 {
3101 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3102
3103 if (s->handler_data[0]
3104 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3105 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3106 {
3107 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3108
3109 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3110
3111 tree = s->tree;
3112 if (tree)
3113 {
3114 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3115 s->tree = NULL;
3116 }
3117 }
3118 else
3119 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3120
3121 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3122 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3123 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3124 {
3125 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3126 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3127 default_common_section = output;
3128 break;
3129 }
3130 }
3131
3132 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3133
3134 static int
3135 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3136 {
3137 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3138
3139 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3140 }
3141
3142 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3143
3144 static void
3145 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3146 {
3147 char c;
3148
3149 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3150 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3151
3152 *dest = 0;
3153 }
3154
3155 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3156 from haystack. */
3157
3158 static void
3159 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3160 {
3161 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3162
3163 if (haystack)
3164 {
3165 char *src;
3166
3167 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3168 *haystack++ = *src++;
3169
3170 *haystack = 0;
3171 }
3172 }
3173
3174 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3175 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3176
3177 static int
3178 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3179 {
3180 char *copy1;
3181 char *copy2;
3182 int result;
3183
3184 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3185 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3186
3187 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3188 stricpy (copy1, first);
3189 stricpy (copy2, second);
3190
3191 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3192 strcut (copy1, "big");
3193 strcut (copy1, "little");
3194 strcut (copy2, "big");
3195 strcut (copy2, "little");
3196
3197 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3198 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3199 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3200 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3201 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3202 {
3203 result *= 10;
3204 break;
3205 }
3206
3207 free (copy1);
3208 free (copy2);
3209
3210 return result;
3211 }
3212
3213 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3214 static const bfd_target *winner;
3215
3216 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3217 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3218 match to the original output target. */
3219
3220 static int
3221 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3222 {
3223 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3224
3225 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3226 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3227 return 0;
3228
3229 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3230 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3231 return 0;
3232
3233 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3234 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3235 return 0;
3236
3237 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3238 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3239 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3240 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3241 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3242 return 0;
3243
3244 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3245 if (winner == NULL)
3246 {
3247 winner = target;
3248 return 0;
3249 }
3250
3251 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3252 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3253 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3254 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3255 winner = target;
3256
3257 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3258 return 0;
3259 }
3260
3261 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3262
3263 static char *
3264 get_first_input_target (void)
3265 {
3266 char *target = NULL;
3267
3268 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3269 {
3270 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3271 && s->flags.real)
3272 {
3273 ldfile_open_file (s);
3274
3275 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3276 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3277 {
3278 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3279
3280 if (target != NULL)
3281 break;
3282 }
3283 }
3284 }
3285
3286 return target;
3287 }
3288
3289 const char *
3290 lang_get_output_target (void)
3291 {
3292 const char *target;
3293
3294 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3295 if (output_target != NULL)
3296 return output_target;
3297
3298 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3299 the default? */
3300 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3301 return current_target;
3302
3303 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3304 target = get_first_input_target ();
3305 if (target != NULL)
3306 return target;
3307
3308 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3309 return default_target;
3310 }
3311
3312 /* Open the output file. */
3313
3314 static void
3315 open_output (const char *name)
3316 {
3317 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3318
3319 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3320 line? */
3321 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3322 {
3323 /* Get the chosen target. */
3324 const bfd_target *target
3325 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3326
3327 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3328 if (target != NULL)
3329 {
3330 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3331
3332 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3333 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3334 else
3335 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3336
3337 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3338 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3339 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3340 this. */
3341 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3342 {
3343 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3344 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3345 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3346 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3347 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3348 else
3349 {
3350 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3351 the default target, but which has the desired
3352 endian characteristic. */
3353 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3354 (void *) target);
3355
3356 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3357 satisfy our requirements. */
3358 if (winner == NULL)
3359 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3360 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3361 else
3362 output_target = winner->name;
3363 }
3364 }
3365 }
3366 }
3367
3368 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3369
3370 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3371 {
3372 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3373 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3374
3375 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3376 }
3377
3378 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3379
3380 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3381 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3382 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3383 ldfile_output_architecture,
3384 ldfile_output_machine))
3385 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3386
3387 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3388 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3389 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3390
3391 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3392 }
3393
3394 static void
3395 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3396 {
3397 switch (statement->header.type)
3398 {
3399 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3400 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3401 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3402 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3403 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3404 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3405 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3406 else
3407 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3408 if (config.text_read_only)
3409 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3410 else
3411 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3412 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3413 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3414 else
3415 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3416 break;
3417
3418 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3419 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3420 break;
3421 default:
3422 break;
3423 }
3424 }
3425
3426 static void
3427 init_opb (void)
3428 {
3429 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3430 ldfile_output_machine);
3431 opb_shift = 0;
3432 if (x > 1)
3433 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3434 {
3435 x >>= 1;
3436 ++opb_shift;
3437 }
3438 ASSERT (x == 1);
3439 }
3440
3441 /* Open all the input files. */
3442
3443 enum open_bfd_mode
3444 {
3445 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3446 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3447 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3448 };
3449 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3450 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3451 #endif
3452
3453 static void
3454 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3455 {
3456 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3457 {
3458 switch (s->header.type)
3459 {
3460 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3461 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3462 break;
3463 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3464 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3465 break;
3466 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3467 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3468 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3469 && s->wild_statement.filename
3470 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3471 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3472 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3473 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3474 break;
3475 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3476 {
3477 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3478
3479 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3480 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3481 symbols. */
3482
3483 do
3484 {
3485 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3486 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3487 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3488 }
3489 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3490 }
3491 break;
3492 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3493 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3494 break;
3495 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3496 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3497 {
3498 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3499 lang_statement_list_type add;
3500 bfd *abfd;
3501
3502 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3503
3504 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3505 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3506 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3507 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3508 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3509 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3510 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3511 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3512 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3513 #endif
3514 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3515 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3516 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3517 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3518 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3519 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3520 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3521 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3522 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3523 {
3524 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3525 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3526 }
3527
3528 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3529 lang_list_init (&add);
3530
3531 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3532 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3533
3534 if (add.head != NULL)
3535 {
3536 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3537 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3538 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3539 section statement list. Very likely the user
3540 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3541 naive user expectations. */
3542 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3543 {
3544 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3545 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3546 s->input_statement.filename);
3547 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3548 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3549 }
3550 else
3551 {
3552 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3553 s->header.next = add.head;
3554 }
3555 }
3556 }
3557 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3558 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3559 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3560 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3561 plugin_insert = NULL;
3562 #endif
3563 break;
3564 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3565 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3566 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3567 break;
3568 default:
3569 break;
3570 }
3571 }
3572
3573 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3574 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3575 einfo ("%F");
3576 }
3577
3578 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3579 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3580 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3581 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3582 name to the symbol table. */
3583
3584 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3585
3586 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3587
3588 void
3589 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3590 {
3591 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3592
3593 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3594 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3595 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3596 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3597
3598 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3599
3600 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3601 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3602 }
3603
3604 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3605
3606 static void
3607 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3608 {
3609 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3610
3611 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3612 if (h == NULL)
3613 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3614 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3615 {
3616 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3617 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3618 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3619 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3620 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3621 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3622 }
3623 }
3624
3625 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3626 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3627 script file. */
3628
3629 static void
3630 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3631 {
3632 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3633
3634 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3635 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3636 }
3637
3638 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3639 be defined. */
3640
3641 struct require_defined_symbol
3642 {
3643 const char *name;
3644 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3645 };
3646
3647 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3648
3649 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3650
3651 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3652 defined. */
3653
3654 void
3655 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3656 {
3657 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3658
3659 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3660 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3661 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3662 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3663 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3664 }
3665
3666 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3667 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3668
3669 static void
3670 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3671 {
3672 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3673
3674 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3675 {
3676 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3677
3678 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3679 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3680 if (h == NULL
3681 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3682 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3683 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3684 }
3685 }
3686
3687 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3688
3689 static void
3690 check_input_sections
3691 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3692 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3693 {
3694 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3695 {
3696 switch (s->header.type)
3697 {
3698 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3699 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3700 output_section_statement);
3701 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3702 return;
3703 break;
3704 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3705 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3706 output_section_statement);
3707 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3708 return;
3709 break;
3710 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3711 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3712 output_section_statement);
3713 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3714 return;
3715 break;
3716 default:
3717 break;
3718 }
3719 }
3720 }
3721
3722 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3723
3724 static void
3725 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3726 {
3727 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3728
3729 switch (sort_section)
3730 {
3731 default:
3732 FAIL ();
3733
3734 case none:
3735 break;
3736
3737 case by_name:
3738 case by_alignment:
3739 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3740 {
3741 switch (s->header.type)
3742 {
3743 default:
3744 break;
3745
3746 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3747 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3748 sec = sec->next)
3749 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3750 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
3751 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
3752 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3753 {
3754 case none:
3755 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3756 break;
3757 case by_name:
3758 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3759 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3760 break;
3761 case by_alignment:
3762 if (sort_section == by_name)
3763 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3764 break;
3765 default:
3766 break;
3767 }
3768 break;
3769
3770 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3771 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3772 break;
3773
3774 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3775 update_wild_statements
3776 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3777 break;
3778
3779 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3780 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3781 break;
3782 }
3783 }
3784 break;
3785 }
3786 }
3787
3788 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3789
3790 static void
3791 map_input_to_output_sections
3792 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3793 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3794 {
3795 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3796 {
3797 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3798 flagword flags;
3799
3800 switch (s->header.type)
3801 {
3802 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3803 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3804 break;
3805 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3806 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3807 target,
3808 os);
3809 break;
3810 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3811 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3812 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3813 {
3814 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3815 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3816 break;
3817 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3818 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3819 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3820 {
3821 tos->constraint = -1;
3822 break;
3823 }
3824 }
3825 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3826 target,
3827 tos);
3828 break;
3829 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3830 break;
3831 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3832 target = s->target_statement.target;
3833 break;
3834 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3835 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3836 target,
3837 os);
3838 break;
3839 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3840 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3841 are initialized. */
3842 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3843 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3844 these may be overridden by the script. */
3845 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3846 switch (os->sectype)
3847 {
3848 case normal_section:
3849 case overlay_section:
3850 case first_overlay_section:
3851 break;
3852 case noalloc_section:
3853 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3854 break;
3855 case noload_section:
3856 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3857 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3858 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3859 else
3860 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3861 break;
3862 }
3863 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3864 init_os (os, flags);
3865 else
3866 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3867 break;
3868 case lang_input_section_enum:
3869 break;
3870 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3871 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3872 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3873 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3874 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3875 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3876 init_os (os, 0);
3877 break;
3878 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3879 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3880 init_os (os, 0);
3881
3882 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3883 are initialized. */
3884 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3885 break;
3886 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3887 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3888 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3889 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3890 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3891 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3892 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3893 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3894 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3895 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3896 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3897 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3898 {
3899 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3900
3901 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3902 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3903 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3904 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3905 will affect following script sections, which is
3906 likely to surprise naive users. */
3907 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3908 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3909 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3910 init_os (tos, 0);
3911 }
3912 break;
3913 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3914 break;
3915 }
3916 }
3917 }
3918
3919 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3920 start of the list and places them after the output section
3921 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3922 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3923 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3924
3925 static void
3926 process_insert_statements (void)
3927 {
3928 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3929 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3930 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3931 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3932
3933 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3934 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3935 reordered. */
3936 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3937 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3938 {
3939 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3940 {
3941 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3942 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3943 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3944
3945 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3946 last_os = os;
3947
3948 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3949 won't match this output section statement. At this
3950 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3951 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3952 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3953 if (first_os == NULL)
3954 first_os = last_os;
3955 }
3956 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3957 {
3958 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3959 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3960 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3961 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3962
3963 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3964 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3965 {
3966 do
3967 where = where->prev;
3968 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3969 }
3970 if (where == NULL)
3971 {
3972 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3973 return;
3974 }
3975
3976 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3977 if (last_os != NULL)
3978 {
3979 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3980 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3981
3982 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3983 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3984 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3985 {
3986 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3987 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3988 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3989 }
3990 else
3991 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3992 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3993 last_os->next = where->next;
3994 if (where->next == NULL)
3995 {
3996 next = &last_os->next;
3997 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3998 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3999 }
4000 else
4001 where->next->prev = last_os;
4002 first_os->prev = where;
4003 where->next = first_os;
4004
4005 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4006 first_sec = NULL;
4007 last_sec = NULL;
4008 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4009 {
4010 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4011 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4012 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4013 {
4014 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4015 if (first_sec == NULL)
4016 first_sec = last_sec;
4017 }
4018 if (os == last_os)
4019 break;
4020 }
4021 if (last_sec != NULL)
4022 {
4023 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4024 if (sec == NULL)
4025 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4026
4027 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4028 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4029 section or if the section is the same as our
4030 last section, then no move is needed. */
4031 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4032 {
4033 /* Trim them off. */
4034 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4035 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4036 else
4037 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4038 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4039 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4040 else
4041 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4042 /* Add back. */
4043 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4044 if (sec->next != NULL)
4045 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4046 else
4047 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4048 first_sec->prev = sec;
4049 sec->next = first_sec;
4050 }
4051 }
4052
4053 first_os = NULL;
4054 last_os = NULL;
4055 }
4056
4057 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4058 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
4059 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
4060 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4061 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
4062 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
4063 /* Add them back where they belong. */
4064 *s = *ptr;
4065 if (*s == NULL)
4066 statement_list.tail = s;
4067 *ptr = first;
4068 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
4069 }
4070 }
4071
4072 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4073 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4074 {
4075 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4076 if (os == last_os)
4077 break;
4078 }
4079 }
4080
4081 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4082 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4083 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4084
4085 void
4086 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4087 {
4088 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4089
4090 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4091 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4092 {
4093 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4094 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4095 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4096 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4097 }
4098
4099 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4100 os != NULL;
4101 os = os->next)
4102 {
4103 asection *output_section;
4104 bfd_boolean exclude;
4105
4106 if (os->constraint < 0)
4107 continue;
4108
4109 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4110 if (output_section == NULL)
4111 continue;
4112
4113 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4114 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4115 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4116 output_section));
4117
4118 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4119 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4120 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4121 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4122 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4123 {
4124 asection *s;
4125
4126 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4127 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4128 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4129 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4130 {
4131 exclude = FALSE;
4132 break;
4133 }
4134 }
4135
4136 if (exclude)
4137 {
4138 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4139 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4140 if (!os->update_dot)
4141 os->ignored = TRUE;
4142 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4143 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4144 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4145 }
4146 }
4147 }
4148
4149 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4150 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4151
4152 void
4153 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4154 {
4155 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4156
4157 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4158 return;
4159
4160 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4161 os != NULL;
4162 os = os->next)
4163 {
4164 asection *output_section;
4165
4166 if (os->constraint < 0)
4167 continue;
4168
4169 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4170 if (output_section == NULL)
4171 continue;
4172
4173 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4174 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4175 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4176 }
4177
4178 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4179 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4180 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4181 }
4182
4183 static void
4184 print_output_section_statement
4185 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4186 {
4187 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4188 int len;
4189
4190 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4191 {
4192 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4193
4194 if (section != NULL)
4195 {
4196 print_dot = section->vma;
4197
4198 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4199 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4200 {
4201 print_nl ();
4202 len = 0;
4203 }
4204 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4205 {
4206 print_space ();
4207 ++len;
4208 }
4209
4210 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4211
4212 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4213 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4214
4215 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4216 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4217 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4218 }
4219
4220 print_nl ();
4221 }
4222
4223 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4224 output_section_statement);
4225 }
4226
4227 static void
4228 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4229 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4230 {
4231 unsigned int i;
4232 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4233 etree_type *tree;
4234 asection *osec;
4235
4236 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4237 print_space ();
4238
4239 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4240 {
4241 is_dot = FALSE;
4242 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4243 }
4244 else
4245 {
4246 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4247
4248 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4249 tree = assignment->exp;
4250 }
4251
4252 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4253 if (osec == NULL)
4254 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4255
4256 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4257 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4258 else
4259 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4260
4261 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4262 {
4263 bfd_vma value;
4264
4265 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4266 || is_dot
4267 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4268 {
4269 value = expld.result.value;
4270
4271 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4272 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4273
4274 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4275 if (is_dot)
4276 print_dot = value;
4277 }
4278 else
4279 {
4280 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4281
4282 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4283 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4284 if (h != NULL
4285 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4286 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4287 {
4288 value = h->u.def.value;
4289 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4290 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4291
4292 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4293 }
4294 else
4295 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4296 }
4297 }
4298 else
4299 {
4300 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4301 minfo ("[!provide]");
4302 else
4303 minfo ("*undef* ");
4304 #ifdef BFD64
4305 minfo (" ");
4306 #endif
4307 }
4308 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4309
4310 minfo (" ");
4311 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4312 print_nl ();
4313 }
4314
4315 static void
4316 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4317 {
4318 if (statm->filename != NULL
4319 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4320 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4321 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4322 }
4323
4324 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4325 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4326
4327 static bfd_boolean
4328 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4329 {
4330 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4331
4332 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4333 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4334 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4335 {
4336 int i;
4337
4338 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4339 print_space ();
4340 minfo ("0x%V ",
4341 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4342 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4343 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4344
4345 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4346 }
4347
4348 return TRUE;
4349 }
4350
4351 static int
4352 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4353 {
4354 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4355 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4356
4357 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4358 return -1;
4359 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4360 return 1;
4361 else
4362 return 0;
4363 }
4364
4365 static void
4366 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4367 {
4368 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4369 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4370 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4371 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4372 unsigned int i;
4373
4374 if (!ud)
4375 return;
4376
4377 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4378
4379 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4380 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4381 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4382 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4383
4384 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4385 entries[i] = def->entry;
4386
4387 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4388 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4389
4390 /* Print the symbols. */
4391 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4392 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4393
4394 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4395 }
4396
4397 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4398
4399 static void
4400 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4401 {
4402 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4403 int len;
4404 bfd_vma addr;
4405
4406 init_opb ();
4407
4408 print_space ();
4409 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4410
4411 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4412 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4413 {
4414 print_nl ();
4415 len = 0;
4416 }
4417 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4418 {
4419 print_space ();
4420 ++len;
4421 }
4422
4423 if (i->output_section != NULL
4424 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4425 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4426 else
4427 {
4428 addr = print_dot;
4429 if (!is_discarded)
4430 size = 0;
4431 }
4432
4433 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4434
4435 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4436 {
4437 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4438 #ifdef BFD64
4439 len += 16;
4440 #else
4441 len += 8;
4442 #endif
4443 while (len > 0)
4444 {
4445 print_space ();
4446 --len;
4447 }
4448
4449 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4450 }
4451
4452 if (i->output_section != NULL
4453 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4454 {
4455 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4456 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4457 else
4458 print_all_symbols (i);
4459
4460 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4461 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4462 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4463 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4464 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4465 }
4466 }
4467
4468 static void
4469 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4470 {
4471 size_t size;
4472 unsigned char *p;
4473 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4474 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4475 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4476 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4477 }
4478
4479 static void
4480 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4481 {
4482 int i;
4483 bfd_vma addr;
4484 bfd_size_type size;
4485 const char *name;
4486
4487 init_opb ();
4488 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4489 print_space ();
4490
4491 addr = data->output_offset;
4492 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4493 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4494
4495 switch (data->type)
4496 {
4497 default:
4498 abort ();
4499 case BYTE:
4500 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4501 name = "BYTE";
4502 break;
4503 case SHORT:
4504 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4505 name = "SHORT";
4506 break;
4507 case LONG:
4508 size = LONG_SIZE;
4509 name = "LONG";
4510 break;
4511 case QUAD:
4512 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4513 name = "QUAD";
4514 break;
4515 case SQUAD:
4516 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4517 name = "SQUAD";
4518 break;
4519 }
4520
4521 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4522 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4523 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4524
4525 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4526 {
4527 print_space ();
4528 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4529 }
4530
4531 print_nl ();
4532
4533 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4534 }
4535
4536 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4537 -Ttext. */
4538
4539 static void
4540 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4541 {
4542 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4543 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4544 print_nl ();
4545 }
4546
4547 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4548
4549 static void
4550 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4551 {
4552 int i;
4553 bfd_vma addr;
4554 bfd_size_type size;
4555
4556 init_opb ();
4557 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4558 print_space ();
4559
4560 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4561 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4562 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4563
4564 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4565
4566 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4567
4568 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4569 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4570 else
4571 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4572
4573 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4574
4575 print_nl ();
4576
4577 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4578 }
4579
4580 static void
4581 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4582 {
4583 int len;
4584 bfd_vma addr;
4585
4586 init_opb ();
4587 minfo (" *fill*");
4588
4589 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4590 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4591 {
4592 print_space ();
4593 ++len;
4594 }
4595
4596 addr = s->output_offset;
4597 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4598 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4599 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4600
4601 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4602 {
4603 size_t size;
4604 unsigned char *p;
4605 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4606 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4607 }
4608
4609 print_nl ();
4610
4611 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4612 }
4613
4614 static void
4615 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4616 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4617 {
4618 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4619
4620 print_space ();
4621
4622 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4623 {
4624 name_list *tmp;
4625 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4626 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4627 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4628 minfo (") ");
4629 }
4630
4631 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4632 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4633 if (w->filename != NULL)
4634 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4635 else
4636 minfo ("*");
4637 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4638 minfo (")");
4639
4640 minfo ("(");
4641 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4642 {
4643 int closing_paren = 0;
4644
4645 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4646 {
4647 case none:
4648 break;
4649
4650 case by_name:
4651 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4652 closing_paren = 1;
4653 break;
4654
4655 case by_alignment:
4656 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4657 closing_paren = 1;
4658 break;
4659
4660 case by_name_alignment:
4661 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4662 closing_paren = 2;
4663 break;
4664
4665 case by_alignment_name:
4666 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4667 closing_paren = 2;
4668 break;
4669
4670 case by_none:
4671 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4672 closing_paren = 1;
4673 break;
4674
4675 case by_init_priority:
4676 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4677 closing_paren = 1;
4678 break;
4679 }
4680
4681 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4682 {
4683 name_list *tmp;
4684 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4685 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4686 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4687 minfo (") ");
4688 }
4689 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4690 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4691 else
4692 minfo ("*");
4693 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4694 minfo (")");
4695 if (sec->next)
4696 minfo (" ");
4697 }
4698 minfo (")");
4699
4700 print_nl ();
4701
4702 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4703 }
4704
4705 /* Print a group statement. */
4706
4707 static void
4708 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4709 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4710 {
4711 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4712 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4713 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4714 }
4715
4716 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4717 This can be called for any statement type. */
4718
4719 static void
4720 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4721 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4722 {
4723 while (s != NULL)
4724 {
4725 print_statement (s, os);
4726 s = s->header.next;
4727 }
4728 }
4729
4730 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4731 This can be called for any statement type. */
4732
4733 static void
4734 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4735 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4736 {
4737 switch (s->header.type)
4738 {
4739 default:
4740 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4741 FAIL ();
4742 break;
4743 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4744 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4745 {
4746 if (constructors_sorted)
4747 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4748 else
4749 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4750 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4751 }
4752 break;
4753 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4754 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4755 break;
4756 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4757 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4758 break;
4759 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4760 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4761 break;
4762 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4763 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4764 break;
4765 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4766 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4767 break;
4768 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4769 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4770 break;
4771 case lang_input_section_enum:
4772 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4773 break;
4774 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4775 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4776 break;
4777 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4778 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4779 break;
4780 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4781 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4782 break;
4783 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4784 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4785 break;
4786 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4787 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4788 if (output_target != NULL)
4789 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4790 minfo (")\n");
4791 break;
4792 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4793 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4794 break;
4795 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4796 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4797 break;
4798 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4799 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4800 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4801 s->insert_statement.where);
4802 break;
4803 }
4804 }
4805
4806 static void
4807 print_statements (void)
4808 {
4809 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4810 }
4811
4812 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4813 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4814 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4815 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4816
4817 void
4818 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4819 {
4820 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4821
4822 config.map_file = stderr;
4823
4824 if (n < 0)
4825 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4826 else
4827 {
4828 while (s && --n >= 0)
4829 {
4830 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4831 s = s->header.next;
4832 }
4833 }
4834
4835 config.map_file = map_save;
4836 }
4837
4838 static void
4839 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4840 fill_type *fill,
4841 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4842 asection *output_section,
4843 bfd_vma dot)
4844 {
4845 static fill_type zero_fill;
4846 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4847
4848 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4849 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4850 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4851 if (pad != NULL
4852 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4853 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4854 {
4855 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4856 }
4857 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4858 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4859 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4860 {
4861 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4862 }
4863 else
4864 {
4865 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4866 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4867 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4868 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4869 *ptr = pad;
4870 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4871 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4872 if (fill == NULL)
4873 fill = &zero_fill;
4874 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4875 }
4876 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4877 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4878 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4879 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4880 - output_section->vma);
4881 }
4882
4883 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4884
4885 static bfd_vma
4886 size_input_section
4887 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4888 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4889 fill_type *fill,
4890 bfd_vma dot)
4891 {
4892 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4893 asection *i = is->section;
4894 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4895
4896 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4897 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4898 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4899 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4900 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4901 else
4902 {
4903 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4904
4905 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4906 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4907 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4908 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4909
4910 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4911 i->alignment_power
4912 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4913 "subsection alignment");
4914
4915 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4916 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4917
4918 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4919
4920 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4921 {
4922 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4923 dot += alignment_needed;
4924 }
4925
4926 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4927 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4928
4929 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4930 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4931 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4932 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4933 }
4934
4935 return dot;
4936 }
4937
4938 struct check_sec
4939 {
4940 asection *sec;
4941 bfd_boolean warned;
4942 };
4943
4944 static int
4945 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4946 {
4947 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4948 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4949
4950 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4951 return -1;
4952 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4953 return 1;
4954 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4955 return -1;
4956 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4957 return 1;
4958
4959 return 0;
4960 }
4961
4962 static int
4963 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4964 {
4965 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4966 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4967
4968 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4969 return -1;
4970 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4971 return 1;
4972 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4973 return -1;
4974 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4975 return 1;
4976
4977 return 0;
4978 }
4979
4980 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4981 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4982
4983 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4984 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4985
4986 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4987 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4988 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4989 region has overflowed. */
4990
4991 static void
4992 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4993 {
4994 asection *s, *p;
4995 struct check_sec *sections;
4996 size_t i, count;
4997 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4998 bfd_vma s_start;
4999 bfd_vma s_end;
5000 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5001 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5002 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5003 bfd_boolean overlays;
5004
5005 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5006 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5007 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5008 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5009 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5010 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5011 {
5012 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5013 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5014 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5015 s->name);
5016 else
5017 {
5018 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5019 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5020 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5021 s->name);
5022 }
5023 }
5024
5025 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5026 return;
5027
5028 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5029 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5030
5031 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5032 count = 0;
5033 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5034 {
5035 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5036 || s->size == 0)
5037 continue;
5038
5039 sections[count].sec = s;
5040 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5041 count++;
5042 }
5043
5044 if (count <= 1)
5045 {
5046 free (sections);
5047 return;
5048 }
5049
5050 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5051
5052 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5053 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5054 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5055 {
5056 s = sections[i].sec;
5057 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5058 {
5059 s_start = s->lma;
5060 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5061
5062 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5063 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5064 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5065 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5066 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5067 if (p != NULL
5068 && (s_start <= p_end
5069 || p_end < p_start))
5070 {
5071 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5072 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5073 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5074 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5075 }
5076 p = s;
5077 p_start = s_start;
5078 p_end = s_end;
5079 }
5080 }
5081
5082 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5083 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5084 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5085 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5086 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5087 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5088 overlays = FALSE;
5089 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5090 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5091 {
5092 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5093 if (p_start == s_start)
5094 {
5095 overlays = TRUE;
5096 break;
5097 }
5098 p_start = s_start;
5099 }
5100
5101 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5102 if (!overlays)
5103 {
5104 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5105 {
5106 s = sections[i].sec;
5107 s_start = s->vma;
5108 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5109
5110 if (p != NULL
5111 && !sections[i].warned
5112 && (s_start <= p_end
5113 || p_end < p_start))
5114 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5115 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5116 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5117 p = s;
5118 p_start = s_start;
5119 p_end = s_end;
5120 }
5121 }
5122
5123 free (sections);
5124
5125 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5126 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5127 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5128 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5129
5130 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5131 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5132 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5133 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5134 if (m->had_full_message)
5135 {
5136 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5137 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5138 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5139 over),
5140 m->name_list.name, over);
5141 }
5142 }
5143
5144 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5145 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5146 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5147 calculation wraps around. */
5148
5149 static void
5150 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5151 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5152 etree_type *tree,
5153 bfd_vma rbase)
5154 {
5155 if ((region->current < region->origin
5156 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5157 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5158 || rbase == 0))
5159 {
5160 if (tree != NULL)
5161 {
5162 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5163 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5164 region->current,
5165 os->bfd_section->owner,
5166 os->bfd_section->name,
5167 region->name_list.name);
5168 }
5169 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5170 {
5171 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5172
5173 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5174 os->bfd_section->owner,
5175 os->bfd_section->name,
5176 region->name_list.name);
5177 }
5178 }
5179 }
5180
5181 static void
5182 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5183 seg_align_type *seg)
5184 {
5185 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5186 {
5187 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5188 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5189 else
5190 {
5191 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5192 }
5193 }
5194 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5195 {
5196 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5197 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5198 else
5199 {
5200 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5201 }
5202 }
5203 }
5204
5205 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5206
5207 static bfd_vma
5208 lang_size_sections_1
5209 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5210 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5211 fill_type *fill,
5212 bfd_vma dot,
5213 bfd_boolean *relax,
5214 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5215 {
5216 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5217
5218 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5219 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5220 {
5221 switch (s->header.type)
5222 {
5223 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5224 {
5225 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5226 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5227 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5228 int section_alignment = 0;
5229
5230 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5231 if (os->constraint == -1)
5232 break;
5233
5234 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5235 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5236 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5237 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5238 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5239 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5240 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5241 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5242 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5243 {
5244 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5245 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5246
5247 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5248 {
5249 dot = expld.result.value;
5250 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5251 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5252 }
5253 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5254 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5255 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5256 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5257 }
5258
5259 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5260 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5261 break;
5262
5263 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5264 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5265 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5266 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5267 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5268 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5269 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5270 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5271 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5272 {
5273 asection *input;
5274
5275 if (os->children.head == NULL
5276 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5277 || (os->children.head->header.type
5278 != lang_input_section_enum))
5279 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5280 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5281
5282 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5283 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5284 os->bfd_section,
5285 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5286 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5287 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5288 break;
5289 }
5290
5291 newdot = dot;
5292 dotdelta = 0;
5293 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5294 {
5295 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5296 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5297 }
5298 else
5299 {
5300 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5301 {
5302 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5303 from the region specification. */
5304 if (os->region == NULL
5305 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5306 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5307 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5308 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5309 {
5310 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5311 }
5312
5313 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5314 region, and some non default memory regions were
5315 defined, issue an error message. */
5316 if (!os->ignored
5317 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5318 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5319 && check_regions
5320 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5321 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5322 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5323 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5324 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5325 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5326 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5327 {
5328 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5329 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5330 default memory region we can end up creating an
5331 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5332 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5333 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5334 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5335 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5336 switch. */
5337 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5338 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5339 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5340 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5341 os->bfd_section));
5342 else
5343 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5344 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5345 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5346 os->bfd_section));
5347 }
5348
5349 newdot = os->region->current;
5350 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5351 }
5352 else
5353 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5354 "section alignment");
5355
5356 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5357 if (section_alignment > 0)
5358 {
5359 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5360 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5361
5362 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5363 if (dotdelta != 0
5364 && (config.warn_section_align
5365 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5366 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5367 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5368 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5369 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5370 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5371 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5372 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5373 }
5374
5375 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5376
5377 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5378 }
5379
5380 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5381 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5382
5383 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5384
5385 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5386 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5387 no output section should change from zero size
5388 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5389 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5390 input section was not sized early enough. */
5391 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5392 else
5393 {
5394 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5395
5396 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5397 align at the block boundary. */
5398 after = ((dot
5399 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5400 + os->block_value - 1)
5401 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5402
5403 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5404 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5405 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5406 }
5407
5408 /* Set section lma. */
5409 r = os->region;
5410 if (r == NULL)
5411 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5412
5413 if (os->load_base)
5414 {
5415 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5416 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5417 }
5418 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5419 {
5420 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5421
5422 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5423 lma += dotdelta;
5424 else
5425 {
5426 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5427 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5428 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5429 only align according to the value in the output
5430 statement. */
5431 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5432 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5433 "section alignment");
5434 if (section_alignment > 0)
5435 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5436 }
5437 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5438 }
5439 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5440 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5441 {
5442 bfd_vma lma;
5443 asection *last;
5444
5445 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5446
5447 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5448 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5449 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5450 create overlapping LMAs. */
5451 if (dot < last->vma
5452 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5453 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5454 {
5455 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5456 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5457 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5458 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5459 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5460
5461 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5462 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5463 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5464 }
5465 else
5466 {
5467 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5468 at the end of the previous section. */
5469 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5470 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5471
5472 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5473 as the previous section. */
5474 else
5475 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5476
5477 if (section_alignment > 0)
5478 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5479 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5480 }
5481 }
5482 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5483
5484 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5485 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5486 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5487 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5488 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5489 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5490 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5491 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5492 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5493 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5494 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5495 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5496 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5497 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5498 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5499 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5500 || (r->last_os == NULL
5501 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5502 || (r->last_os != NULL
5503 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5504 .bfd_section->vma))))
5505 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5506 && os->lma_region == NULL
5507 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5508 r->last_os = s;
5509
5510 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5511 break;
5512
5513 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5514 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5515 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5516 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5517 else
5518 dotdelta = 0;
5519 dot += dotdelta;
5520
5521 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5522 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5523
5524 /* Update dot in the region ?
5525 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5526 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5527 overall size in memory. */
5528 if (os->region != NULL
5529 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5530 {
5531 os->region->current = dot;
5532
5533 if (check_regions)
5534 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5535 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5536 os->bfd_section->vma);
5537
5538 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5539 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5540 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5541 {
5542 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5543
5544 if (check_regions)
5545 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5546 os->bfd_section->lma);
5547 }
5548 }
5549 }
5550 break;
5551
5552 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5553 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5554 output_section_statement,
5555 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5556 break;
5557
5558 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5559 {
5560 unsigned int size = 0;
5561
5562 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5563 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5564 s->data_statement.output_section =
5565 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5566
5567 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5568 need to mark them as needed. */
5569 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5570
5571 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5572 {
5573 default:
5574 abort ();
5575 case QUAD:
5576 case SQUAD:
5577 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5578 break;
5579 case LONG:
5580 size = LONG_SIZE;
5581 break;
5582 case SHORT:
5583 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5584 break;
5585 case BYTE:
5586 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5587 break;
5588 }
5589 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5590 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5591 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5592 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5593 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5594 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5595 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5596
5597 }
5598 break;
5599
5600 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5601 {
5602 int size;
5603
5604 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5605 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5606 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5607 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5608 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5609 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5610 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5611 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5612 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5613 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5614 }
5615 break;
5616
5617 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5618 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5619 output_section_statement,
5620 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5621 break;
5622
5623 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5624 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5625 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5626 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5627 break;
5628
5629 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5630 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5631 break;
5632
5633 case lang_input_section_enum:
5634 {
5635 asection *i;
5636
5637 i = s->input_section.section;
5638 if (relax)
5639 {
5640 bfd_boolean again;
5641
5642 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5643 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5644 if (again)
5645 *relax = TRUE;
5646 }
5647 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5648 fill, dot);
5649 }
5650 break;
5651
5652 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5653 break;
5654
5655 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5656 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5657 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5658
5659 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5660 break;
5661
5662 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5663 {
5664 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5665 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5666
5667 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5668
5669 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5670 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5671 &newdot);
5672
5673 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5674
5675 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5676
5677 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5678 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5679 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5680 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5681 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5682 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5683
5684 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5685 {
5686 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5687 {
5688 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5689 the default memory address. */
5690 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5691 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5692 }
5693 else if (newdot != dot)
5694 {
5695 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5696 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5697 assignment references dot. */
5698 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5699 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5700
5701 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5702 s = s->header.next;
5703
5704 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5705 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5706 user has explicitly stated that the section
5707 should not be allocated. */
5708 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5709 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5710 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5711 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5712 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5713 }
5714 dot = newdot;
5715 }
5716 }
5717 break;
5718
5719 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5720 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5721 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5722 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5723 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5724 will be added back in. */
5725 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5726
5727 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5728 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5729 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5730 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5731 a pad size of zero. */
5732 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5733 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5734 break;
5735
5736 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5737 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5738 output_section_statement,
5739 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5740 break;
5741
5742 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5743 break;
5744
5745 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5746 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5747 break;
5748
5749 default:
5750 FAIL ();
5751 break;
5752 }
5753 prev = &s->header.next;
5754 }
5755 return dot;
5756 }
5757
5758 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5759 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5760 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5761 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5762
5763 bfd_boolean
5764 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5765 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5766 asection *current_section,
5767 asection *previous_section,
5768 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5769 {
5770 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5771 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5772
5773 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5774 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5775 if (new_segment)
5776 return TRUE;
5777
5778 /* Paranoia checks. */
5779 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5780 return new_segment;
5781
5782 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5783 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5784 if (config.separate_code
5785 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5786 return TRUE;
5787
5788 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5789 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5790 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5791 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5792 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5793 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5794
5795 /* More paranoia. */
5796 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5797 return new_segment;
5798
5799 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5800 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5801 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5802 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5803 return cur->region != prev->region;
5804 }
5805
5806 void
5807 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5808 {
5809 lang_statement_iteration++;
5810 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5811 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5812 }
5813
5814 static bfd_boolean
5815 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5816 {
5817 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5818 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5819 bfd_vma first, last;
5820
5821 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5822 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5823 if (first && last
5824 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5825 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5826 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5827 {
5828 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5829 return TRUE;
5830 }
5831
5832 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5833 return FALSE;
5834 }
5835
5836 static bfd_vma
5837 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5838 {
5839 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5840 asection *sec;
5841
5842 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5843 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5844 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5845
5846 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5847 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5848
5849 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5850 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5851 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5852 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5853 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5854 {
5855 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5856 desired? */
5857 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5858
5859 end = start = sec->vma;
5860 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5861 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5862 bump = desired_end - end;
5863 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5864 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5865 start += bump;
5866 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5867 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5868 desired_end = start;
5869 }
5870
5871 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5872 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5873 seg->base = desired_end;
5874 return relro_end;
5875 }
5876
5877 static bfd_boolean
5878 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5879 {
5880 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5881 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5882 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5883
5884 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5885 {
5886 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5887 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5888 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5889 }
5890 else
5891 {
5892 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5893 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5894 }
5895
5896 if (do_data_relro)
5897 {
5898 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5899 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5900
5901 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5902 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5903 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5904 {
5905 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5906 do_reset = TRUE;
5907 }
5908 }
5909
5910 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5911 do_reset = TRUE;
5912
5913 return do_reset;
5914 }
5915
5916 void
5917 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5918 {
5919 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5920 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5921
5922 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5923
5924 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5925 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5926
5927 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5928 {
5929 bfd_boolean do_reset
5930 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5931
5932 if (do_reset)
5933 {
5934 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5935 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5936 }
5937
5938 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5939 {
5940 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5941 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5942 }
5943 }
5944 }
5945
5946 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5947 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5948 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5949
5950 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5951
5952 static bfd_vma
5953 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5954 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5955 fill_type *fill,
5956 bfd_vma dot,
5957 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5958 {
5959 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5960 {
5961 switch (s->header.type)
5962 {
5963 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5964 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5965 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5966 break;
5967
5968 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5969 {
5970 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5971 bfd_vma newdot;
5972
5973 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5974 os->after_end = *found_end;
5975 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5976 {
5977 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5978 {
5979 current_section = os;
5980 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5981 }
5982 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5983 }
5984 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5985 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5986 if (!os->ignored)
5987 {
5988 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5989 {
5990 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5991 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5992 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5993 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5994
5995 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5996 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5997 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5998 }
5999 else
6000 dot = newdot;
6001 }
6002 }
6003 break;
6004
6005 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6006
6007 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6008 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6009 break;
6010
6011 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6012 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6013 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6014 break;
6015
6016 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6017 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6018 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6019 {
6020 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6021 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6022 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6023 }
6024 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6025 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6026 {
6027 unsigned int size;
6028 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6029 {
6030 default:
6031 abort ();
6032 case QUAD:
6033 case SQUAD:
6034 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6035 break;
6036 case LONG:
6037 size = LONG_SIZE;
6038 break;
6039 case SHORT:
6040 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6041 break;
6042 case BYTE:
6043 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6044 break;
6045 }
6046 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6047 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6048 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6049 }
6050 break;
6051
6052 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6053 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6054 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6055 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6056 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6057 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6058 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6059 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6060 break;
6061
6062 case lang_input_section_enum:
6063 {
6064 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6065
6066 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6067 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6068 }
6069 break;
6070
6071 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6072 break;
6073
6074 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6075 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6076 break;
6077
6078 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6079 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6080 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6081 {
6082 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6083
6084 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6085 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6086
6087 while (*p == '_')
6088 ++p;
6089 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6090 *found_end = TRUE;
6091 }
6092 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6093 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6094 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6095 &dot);
6096 break;
6097
6098 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6099 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6100 break;
6101
6102 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6103 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6104 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6105 break;
6106
6107 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6108 break;
6109
6110 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6111 break;
6112
6113 default:
6114 FAIL ();
6115 break;
6116 }
6117 }
6118 return dot;
6119 }
6120
6121 void
6122 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6123 {
6124 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6125
6126 current_section = NULL;
6127 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6128 expld.phase = phase;
6129 lang_statement_iteration++;
6130 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6131 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6132 }
6133
6134 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6135 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6136 of "dot". */
6137
6138 asection *
6139 section_for_dot (void)
6140 {
6141 asection *s;
6142
6143 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6144 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6145 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6146 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6147 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6148 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6149 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6150 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6151 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6152 {
6153 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6154 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6155
6156 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6157 stmt != NULL;
6158 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6159 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6160 break;
6161
6162 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6163 while (os != NULL
6164 && !os->after_end
6165 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6166 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6167 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6168 os->bfd_section)))
6169 os = os->next;
6170
6171 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6172 {
6173 if (os != NULL)
6174 s = os->bfd_section;
6175 else
6176 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6177 while (s != NULL
6178 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6179 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6180 s = s->prev;
6181 if (s != NULL)
6182 return s;
6183
6184 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6185 }
6186 }
6187
6188 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6189
6190 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6191 while (s != NULL
6192 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6193 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6194 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6195 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6196 s = s->prev;
6197 if (s == NULL)
6198 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6199 while (s != NULL
6200 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6201 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6202 s = s->next;
6203 if (s != NULL)
6204 return s;
6205
6206 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6207 }
6208
6209 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6210
6211 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6212 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6213 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6214
6215 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6216 to start_stop_syms. */
6217
6218 static void
6219 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6220 {
6221 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6222
6223 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6224 if (h != NULL)
6225 {
6226 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6227 {
6228 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6229 start_stop_syms
6230 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6231 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6232 }
6233 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6234 }
6235 }
6236
6237 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6238 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6239 preliminary definitions. */
6240
6241 static void
6242 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6243 {
6244 bfd *abfd;
6245 asection *s;
6246 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6247
6248 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6249 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6250 {
6251 const char *ps;
6252 const char *secname = s->name;
6253
6254 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6255 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6256 break;
6257 if (*ps == '\0')
6258 {
6259 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6260
6261 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6262 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6263 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6264
6265 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6266 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6267 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6268
6269 free (symbol);
6270 }
6271 }
6272 }
6273
6274 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6275
6276 static void
6277 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6278 {
6279 size_t i;
6280
6281 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6282 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6283 }
6284
6285 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6286 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6287 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6288 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6289 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6290
6291 static void
6292 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6293 {
6294 if (h->ldscript_def)
6295 return;
6296
6297 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6298 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6299 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6300 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6301 {
6302 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6303 h->u.def.section->name);
6304 if (sec != NULL)
6305 {
6306 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6307 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6308 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6309 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6310 if there is still an output section with section name
6311 SECNAME. */
6312 asection *i;
6313 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6314 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6315 {
6316 h->u.def.section = i;
6317 return;
6318 }
6319 }
6320 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6321 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6322 }
6323 }
6324
6325 static void
6326 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6327 {
6328 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6329 }
6330
6331 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6332 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6333 preliminary definitions. */
6334
6335 static void
6336 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6337 {
6338 asection *s;
6339
6340 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6341 {
6342 const char *secname = s->name;
6343 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6344
6345 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6346 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6347
6348 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6349 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6350 free (symbol);
6351 }
6352 }
6353
6354 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6355
6356 static void
6357 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6358 {
6359 if (h->ldscript_def
6360 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6361 return;
6362
6363 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6364 {
6365 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6366 .startof. already has final value. */
6367 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6368 {
6369 /* .sizeof. */
6370 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6371 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6372 }
6373 }
6374 else
6375 {
6376 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6377 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6378
6379 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6380 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6381 {
6382 /* __stop_ */
6383 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6384 }
6385 }
6386 }
6387
6388 static void
6389 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6390 {
6391 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6392 }
6393
6394 static void
6395 lang_end (void)
6396 {
6397 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6398 bfd_boolean warn;
6399
6400 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6401 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6402 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6403 else
6404 warn = TRUE;
6405
6406 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6407 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6408 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6409 && link_info.gc_sections
6410 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6411 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6412 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6413 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6414
6415 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6416 {
6417 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6418 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6419 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6420 warn = FALSE;
6421 }
6422
6423 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6424 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6425 if (h != NULL
6426 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6427 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6428 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6429 {
6430 bfd_vma val;
6431
6432 val = (h->u.def.value
6433 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6434 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6435 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6436 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6437 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6438 }
6439 else
6440 {
6441 bfd_vma val;
6442 const char *send;
6443
6444 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6445 number. */
6446 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6447 if (*send == '\0')
6448 {
6449 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6450 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6451 }
6452 else
6453 {
6454 asection *ts;
6455
6456 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6457 the first address in the text section. */
6458 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6459 if (ts != NULL)
6460 {
6461 if (warn)
6462 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6463 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6464 entry_symbol.name,
6465 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6466 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6467 (link_info.output_bfd,
6468 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6469 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6470 }
6471 else
6472 {
6473 if (warn)
6474 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6475 " not setting start address\n"),
6476 entry_symbol.name);
6477 }
6478 }
6479 }
6480 }
6481
6482 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6483 BFD. */
6484
6485 static void
6486 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6487 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6488 {
6489 /* Don't do anything. */
6490 }
6491
6492 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6493 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6494 other checking that is needed. */
6495
6496 static void
6497 lang_check (void)
6498 {
6499 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6500 bfd *input_bfd;
6501 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6502
6503 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6504 {
6505 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6506 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6507 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6508 continue;
6509 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6510 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6511 compatible
6512 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6513 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6514
6515 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6516 link between differing object formats when the input
6517 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6518 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6519 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6520 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6521 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6522 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6523 && (compatible == NULL
6524 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6525 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6526 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6527 {
6528 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6529 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6530 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6531 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6532 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6533 }
6534
6535 if (compatible == NULL)
6536 {
6537 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6538 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6539 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6540 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6541 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6542 }
6543 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6544 {
6545 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6546 private data of the output bfd. */
6547
6548 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6549
6550 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6551 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6552 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6553 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6554 information which is needed in the output file. */
6555 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6556 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6557 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6558 {
6559 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6560 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6561 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6562 }
6563 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6564 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6565 }
6566 }
6567 }
6568
6569 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6570 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6571 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6572
6573 static void
6574 lang_common (void)
6575 {
6576 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6577 return;
6578 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6579 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6580 return;
6581
6582 if (!config.sort_common)
6583 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6584 else
6585 {
6586 unsigned int power;
6587
6588 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6589 {
6590 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6591 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6592
6593 power = 0;
6594 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6595 }
6596 else
6597 {
6598 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6599 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6600
6601 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6602 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6603 }
6604 }
6605 }
6606
6607 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6608
6609 static bfd_boolean
6610 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6611 {
6612 unsigned int power_of_two;
6613 bfd_vma size;
6614 asection *section;
6615
6616 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6617 return TRUE;
6618
6619 size = h->u.c.size;
6620 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6621
6622 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6623 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6624 return TRUE;
6625 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6626 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6627 return TRUE;
6628
6629 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6630 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6631 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6632 h->root.string);
6633
6634 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6635 {
6636 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6637 int len;
6638 char *name;
6639 char buf[50];
6640
6641 if (!header_printed)
6642 {
6643 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6644 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6645 header_printed = TRUE;
6646 }
6647
6648 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6649 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6650 if (name == NULL)
6651 {
6652 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6653 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6654 }
6655 else
6656 {
6657 minfo ("%s", name);
6658 len = strlen (name);
6659 free (name);
6660 }
6661
6662 if (len >= 19)
6663 {
6664 print_nl ();
6665 len = 0;
6666 }
6667 while (len < 20)
6668 {
6669 print_space ();
6670 ++len;
6671 }
6672
6673 minfo ("0x");
6674 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6675 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6676 else
6677 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6678 minfo ("%s", buf);
6679 len = strlen (buf);
6680
6681 while (len < 16)
6682 {
6683 print_space ();
6684 ++len;
6685 }
6686
6687 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6688 }
6689
6690 return TRUE;
6691 }
6692
6693 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6694 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6695 option are handled here. */
6696
6697 static void
6698 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6699 {
6700 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6701 {
6702 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6703 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6704 TRUE);
6705 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6706 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6707 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6708 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6709 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6710 }
6711 else
6712 {
6713 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6714 const char *name = s->name;
6715 int constraint = 0;
6716
6717 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6718 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6719 s, s->owner);
6720
6721 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6722 constraint = SPECIAL;
6723
6724 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6725 if (os == NULL)
6726 {
6727 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6728 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6729 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6730 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6731 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6732 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6733 }
6734
6735 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6736 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6737 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6738 s, s->owner, os->name);
6739 }
6740 }
6741
6742 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6743 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6744 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6745
6746 static void
6747 lang_place_orphans (void)
6748 {
6749 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6750 {
6751 asection *s;
6752
6753 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6754 {
6755 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6756 {
6757 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6758 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6759
6760 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6761 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6762 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6763 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6764 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6765 {
6766 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6767 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6768 with the wildcard. */
6769 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6770 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6771 {
6772 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6773 default_common_section
6774 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6775 TRUE);
6776 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6777 NULL, default_common_section);
6778 }
6779 }
6780 else
6781 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6782 }
6783 }
6784 }
6785 }
6786
6787 void
6788 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6789 {
6790 flagword *ptr_flags;
6791
6792 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6793
6794 while (*flags)
6795 {
6796 switch (*flags)
6797 {
6798 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6799 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6800 case '!':
6801 invert = !invert;
6802 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6803 break;
6804
6805 case 'A': case 'a':
6806 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6807 break;
6808
6809 case 'R': case 'r':
6810 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6811 break;
6812
6813 case 'W': case 'w':
6814 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6815 break;
6816
6817 case 'X': case 'x':
6818 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6819 break;
6820
6821 case 'L': case 'l':
6822 case 'I': case 'i':
6823 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6824 break;
6825
6826 default:
6827 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6828 *flags, *flags);
6829 break;
6830 }
6831 flags++;
6832 }
6833 }
6834
6835 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6836 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6837
6838 void
6839 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6840 {
6841 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6842
6843 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6844 f != NULL;
6845 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6846 func (f);
6847 }
6848
6849 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6850 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6851 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6852
6853 void
6854 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6855 {
6856 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6857 {
6858 func (f);
6859 }
6860 }
6861
6862 void
6863 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6864 {
6865 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6866 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6867 &entry->next);
6868
6869 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6870 a link. */
6871 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6872 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6873
6874 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6875 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6876 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6877 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6878
6879 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6880 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6881 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6882 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6883 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6884 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6885 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6886 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6887 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6888
6889 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6890 }
6891
6892 void
6893 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6894 {
6895 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6896 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6897 {
6898 output_filename = name;
6899 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6900 }
6901 }
6902
6903 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6904 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6905 etree_type *address_exp,
6906 enum section_type sectype,
6907 etree_type *align,
6908 etree_type *subalign,
6909 etree_type *ebase,
6910 int constraint,
6911 int align_with_input)
6912 {
6913 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6914
6915 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6916 constraint, TRUE);
6917 current_section = os;
6918
6919 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6920 {
6921 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6922 }
6923 os->sectype = sectype;
6924 if (sectype != noload_section)
6925 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6926 else
6927 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6928 os->block_value = 1;
6929
6930 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6931 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6932
6933 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6934 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6935 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6936 NULL);
6937
6938 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6939 os->section_alignment = align;
6940
6941 os->load_base = ebase;
6942 return os;
6943 }
6944
6945 void
6946 lang_final (void)
6947 {
6948 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6949
6950 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6951 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6952 }
6953
6954 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6955
6956 void
6957 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6958 {
6959 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6960 asection *o;
6961 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6962
6963 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6964 {
6965 p->current = p->origin;
6966 p->last_os = NULL;
6967 }
6968
6969 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6970 os != NULL;
6971 os = os->next)
6972 {
6973 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6974 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6975 }
6976
6977 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6978 {
6979 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6980 o->rawsize = o->size;
6981 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6982 o->size = 0;
6983 }
6984 }
6985
6986 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6987
6988 static void
6989 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6990 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6991 asection *section,
6992 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6993 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6994 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6995 {
6996 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6997 should be as well. */
6998 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6999 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7000 }
7001
7002 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7003
7004 static void
7005 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7006 {
7007 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7008 {
7009 switch (s->header.type)
7010 {
7011 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7012 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7013 break;
7014 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7015 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7016 break;
7017 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7018 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7019 break;
7020 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7021 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7022 break;
7023 default:
7024 break;
7025 }
7026 }
7027 }
7028
7029 static void
7030 lang_gc_sections (void)
7031 {
7032 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7033 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7034
7035 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7036 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7037 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7038 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7039 {
7040 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7041 {
7042 asection *sec;
7043 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7044 if (f->flags.claimed)
7045 continue;
7046 #endif
7047 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7048 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7049 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7050 }
7051 }
7052
7053 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7054 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7055 }
7056
7057 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7058
7059 static void
7060 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7061 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7062 asection *section,
7063 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7064 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7065 void *data)
7066 {
7067 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7068 size. */
7069 if (section->output_section != NULL
7070 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7071 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7072 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7073 && section->size != 0)
7074 {
7075 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7076 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7077 }
7078 }
7079
7080 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7081
7082 static void
7083 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7084 seg_align_type *seg,
7085 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7086 {
7087 if (*has_relro_section)
7088 return;
7089
7090 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7091 {
7092 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7093 break;
7094
7095 switch (s->header.type)
7096 {
7097 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7098 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7099 find_relro_section_callback,
7100 has_relro_section);
7101 break;
7102 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7103 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7104 seg, has_relro_section);
7105 break;
7106 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7107 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7108 seg, has_relro_section);
7109 break;
7110 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7111 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7112 seg, has_relro_section);
7113 break;
7114 default:
7115 break;
7116 }
7117 }
7118 }
7119
7120 static void
7121 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7122 {
7123 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7124
7125 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7126
7127 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7128 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7129
7130 if (!has_relro_section)
7131 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7132 }
7133
7134 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7135
7136 void
7137 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7138 {
7139 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7140 {
7141 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7142 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7143
7144 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7145 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7146
7147 while (i--)
7148 {
7149 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7150 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7151
7152 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7153 do
7154 {
7155 link_info.relax_trip++;
7156
7157 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7158 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7159 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7160
7161 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7162 section sizes. */
7163 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7164
7165 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7166 size. */
7167 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7168
7169 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7170 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7171 relax_again = FALSE;
7172 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7173 }
7174 while (relax_again);
7175
7176 link_info.relax_pass++;
7177 }
7178 need_layout = TRUE;
7179 }
7180
7181 if (need_layout)
7182 {
7183 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7184 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7185 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7186 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7187 }
7188 }
7189
7190 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7191 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7192 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7193 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7194 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7195 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7196 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7197 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7198 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7199 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7200 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7201
7202 static lang_input_statement_type *
7203 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
7204 {
7205 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7206 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7207 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7208 claim1 != NULL;
7209 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
7210 {
7211 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7212 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7213 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7214 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7215 lastobject = claim1;
7216 }
7217 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7218 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7219 insert point. */
7220 return lastobject;
7221 }
7222
7223 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7224 added during a rescan. */
7225
7226 static lang_statement_union_type **
7227 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7228 {
7229 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7230 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7231 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7232 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7233 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7234
7235 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7236 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7237
7238 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7239 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7240 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7241 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7242 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7243 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7244 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7245 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7246 f != NULL;
7247 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7248 {
7249 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7250 {
7251 before = last_loaded;
7252 if (f->next != NULL)
7253 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7254 }
7255 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7256 last_loaded = f;
7257 }
7258
7259 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7260 *iter != NULL;
7261 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7262 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7263 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7264 break;
7265
7266 return iter;
7267 }
7268
7269 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7270 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7271 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7272
7273 static void
7274 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7275 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7276 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7277 {
7278 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7279 *field = srclist->head;
7280 if (destlist->tail == field)
7281 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7282 }
7283
7284 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7285 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7286
7287 static void
7288 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7289 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7290 {
7291 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7292 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7293 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7294 savetail = origlist->tail;
7295 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7296 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7297 destlist->tail = savetail;
7298 *savetail = NULL;
7299 }
7300 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7301
7302 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7303
7304 void
7305 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7306 {
7307 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7308
7309 if (name == NULL)
7310 return;
7311
7312 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7313
7314 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7315 sym->name = name;
7316 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7317 }
7318
7319 /* Check relocations. */
7320
7321 static void
7322 lang_check_relocs (void)
7323 {
7324 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7325 {
7326 bfd *abfd;
7327
7328 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7329 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7330 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7331 {
7332 /* No object output, fail return. */
7333 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7334 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7335 continue the scan in case there are other
7336 bad relocations to report. */
7337 }
7338 }
7339 }
7340
7341 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7342 propagate forward the lma region. */
7343
7344 static void
7345 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7346 {
7347 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7348
7349 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7350 os != NULL;
7351 os = os->next)
7352 {
7353 if (os->prev != NULL
7354 && os->lma_region == NULL
7355 && os->load_base == NULL
7356 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7357 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7358 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7359 }
7360 }
7361
7362 void
7363 lang_process (void)
7364 {
7365 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7366 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7367 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7368
7369 current_target = default_target;
7370
7371 /* Open the output file. */
7372 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7373 init_opb ();
7374
7375 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7376
7377 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7378 lang_place_undefineds ();
7379
7380 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7381 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7382
7383 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7384 current_target = default_target;
7385 lang_statement_iteration++;
7386 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7387 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7388 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7389 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7390
7391 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7392 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7393 {
7394 lang_statement_list_type added;
7395 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7396
7397 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7398 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7399 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7400 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7401 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7402 file. */
7403 added = *stat_ptr;
7404 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7405 files = file_chain;
7406 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7407 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7408 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7409 plugin_error_plugin ());
7410 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7411 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7412 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7413 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7414 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7415 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7416 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7417 /* Were any new files added? */
7418 if (added.head != NULL)
7419 {
7420 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7421 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7422 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7423 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7424 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7425 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7426 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7427 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7428 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7429 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7430 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7431 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7432 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7433 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7434 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7435 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7436 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7437 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7438 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7439 else
7440 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7441
7442 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7443 files = file_chain;
7444 lang_statement_iteration++;
7445 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7446 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7447 while (files.head != NULL)
7448 {
7449 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7450 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7451 bfd *my_arch;
7452
7453 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7454 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7455 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7456 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7457 if (my_arch != NULL)
7458 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7459 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7460 break;
7461 temp = *insert;
7462 *insert = files.head;
7463 files.head = *iter;
7464 *iter = temp;
7465 if (my_arch != NULL)
7466 {
7467 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7468 if (parent != NULL)
7469 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7470 ((char *) iter
7471 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7472 }
7473 }
7474 }
7475 }
7476 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7477
7478 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7479 before now. */
7480 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7481
7482 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7483
7484 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7485 {
7486 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7487
7488 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7489 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7490 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7491 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7492 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7493 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7494 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7495 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7496 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7497 }
7498
7499 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7500 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7501
7502 ldemul_after_open ();
7503 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7504 lang_print_asneeded ();
7505
7506 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7507
7508 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7509 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7510 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7511 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7512 link. */
7513 lang_check ();
7514
7515 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7516 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7517 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7518
7519 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7520 files. */
7521 ldctor_build_sets ();
7522
7523 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7524 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7525 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7526 if (config.build_constructors)
7527 lang_init_start_stop ();
7528
7529 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7530 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7531 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7532 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7533
7534 /* Size up the common data. */
7535 lang_common ();
7536
7537 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7538 lang_gc_sections ();
7539
7540 /* Check relocations. */
7541 lang_check_relocs ();
7542
7543 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7544
7545 /* Update wild statements. */
7546 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7547
7548 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7549 to the correct output sections. */
7550 lang_statement_iteration++;
7551 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7552
7553 process_insert_statements ();
7554
7555 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7556 lang_place_orphans ();
7557
7558 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7559 {
7560 asection *found;
7561
7562 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7563 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7564 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7565 is hard then. */
7566 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7567
7568 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7569 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7570
7571 if (found != NULL)
7572 {
7573 if (config.text_read_only)
7574 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7575 else
7576 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7577 }
7578 }
7579
7580 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7581 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7582
7583 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7584 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7585 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7586 if (config.build_constructors)
7587 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7588
7589 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7590 dynamic symbols are created. */
7591 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7592 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7593
7594 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7595 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7596 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7597
7598 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7599 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7600 lang_record_phdrs ();
7601
7602 /* Check relro sections. */
7603 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7604 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7605
7606 /* Size up the sections. */
7607 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7608
7609 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7610 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7611 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7612
7613 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7614 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7615
7616 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7617 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7618 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7619 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7620 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7621 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7622
7623 ldemul_finish ();
7624
7625 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7626 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7627
7628 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7629 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7630 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7631
7632 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7633 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7634
7635 lang_end ();
7636 }
7637
7638 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7639
7640 void
7641 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7642 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7643 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7644 {
7645 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7646 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7647
7648 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7649 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7650 curr != NULL;
7651 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7652 {
7653 next = curr->next;
7654 curr->next = section_list;
7655 }
7656
7657 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7658 {
7659 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7660 filespec->name = NULL;
7661 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7662 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7663 }
7664
7665 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7666 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7667 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7668 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7669 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7670 if (filespec != NULL)
7671 {
7672 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7673 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7674 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7675 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7676 }
7677 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7678 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7679 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7680 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7681 }
7682
7683 void
7684 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7685 const segment_type *segment)
7686 {
7687 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7688
7689 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7690 ad->section_name = name;
7691 ad->address = address;
7692 ad->segment = segment;
7693 }
7694
7695 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7696 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7697 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7698 precedence. */
7699
7700 void
7701 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7702 {
7703 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7704 || cmdline
7705 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7706 {
7707 entry_symbol.name = name;
7708 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7709 }
7710 }
7711
7712 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7713 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7714 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7715 must be permanently allocated. */
7716 void
7717 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7718 {
7719 entry_symbol_default = name;
7720 }
7721
7722 void
7723 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7724 {
7725 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7726
7727 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7728 new_stmt->target = name;
7729 }
7730
7731 void
7732 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7733 {
7734 while (*name)
7735 {
7736 switch (*name)
7737 {
7738 case 'F':
7739 map_option_f = TRUE;
7740 break;
7741 }
7742 name++;
7743 }
7744 }
7745
7746 void
7747 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7748 {
7749 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7750
7751 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7752 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7753 }
7754
7755 void
7756 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7757 {
7758 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7759
7760 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7761 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7762 new_stmt->type = type;
7763 }
7764
7765 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7766 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7767 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7768 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7769 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7770 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7771
7772 void
7773 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7774 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7775 asection *section,
7776 const char *name,
7777 union etree_union *addend)
7778 {
7779 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7780
7781 p->reloc = reloc;
7782 p->howto = howto;
7783 p->section = section;
7784 p->name = name;
7785 p->addend_exp = addend;
7786
7787 p->addend_value = 0;
7788 p->output_section = NULL;
7789 p->output_offset = 0;
7790 }
7791
7792 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7793 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7794 {
7795 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7796
7797 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7798 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7799 return new_stmt;
7800 }
7801
7802 void
7803 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7804 {
7805 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7806 }
7807
7808 void
7809 lang_startup (const char *name)
7810 {
7811 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7812 {
7813 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7814 }
7815 first_file->filename = name;
7816 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7817 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7818 }
7819
7820 void
7821 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7822 {
7823 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7824 }
7825
7826
7827 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7828 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7829
7830 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7831 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7832 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7833 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7834 had an explicit load address.
7835
7836 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7837
7838 static void
7839 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7840 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7841 const char *memspec,
7842 const char *lma_memspec,
7843 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7844 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7845 {
7846 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7847
7848 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7849 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7850 as well. */
7851 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7852 && !have_vma
7853 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7854 *region = *lma_region;
7855 else
7856 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7857
7858 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7859 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7860 NULL);
7861 }
7862
7863 void
7864 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7865 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7866 const char *lma_memspec)
7867 {
7868 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7869 &current_section->lma_region,
7870 memspec, lma_memspec,
7871 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7872 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7873
7874 current_section->fill = fill;
7875 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7876 pop_stat_ptr ();
7877 }
7878
7879 void
7880 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7881 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7882 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7883 {
7884 *(list->tail) = element;
7885 list->tail = field;
7886 }
7887
7888 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7889
7890 void
7891 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7892 const char *big,
7893 const char *little,
7894 int from_script)
7895 {
7896 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7897 {
7898 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7899 && big != NULL)
7900 format = big;
7901 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7902 && little != NULL)
7903 format = little;
7904
7905 output_target = format;
7906 }
7907 }
7908
7909 void
7910 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7911 {
7912 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7913
7914 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7915 new_stmt->where = where;
7916 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7917 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7918 }
7919
7920 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7921 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7922
7923 void
7924 lang_enter_group (void)
7925 {
7926 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7927
7928 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7929 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7930 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7931 }
7932
7933 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7934 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7935 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7936 but currently they can't. */
7937
7938 void
7939 lang_leave_group (void)
7940 {
7941 pop_stat_ptr ();
7942 }
7943
7944 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7945 command in a linker script. */
7946
7947 void
7948 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7949 etree_type *type,
7950 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7951 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7952 etree_type *at,
7953 etree_type *flags)
7954 {
7955 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7956 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7957
7958 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7959 n->next = NULL;
7960 n->name = name;
7961 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
7962 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7963 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7964 n->at = at;
7965 n->flags = flags;
7966
7967 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7968
7969 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7970 if (hdrs
7971 && (*pp)->type == 1
7972 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7973 {
7974 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7975 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7976 hdrs = FALSE;
7977 }
7978
7979 *pp = n;
7980 }
7981
7982 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7983 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7984
7985 static void
7986 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7987 {
7988 unsigned int alc;
7989 asection **secs;
7990 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7991 struct lang_phdr *l;
7992 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7993
7994 alc = 10;
7995 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7996 last = NULL;
7997
7998 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7999 {
8000 unsigned int c;
8001 flagword flags;
8002 bfd_vma at;
8003
8004 c = 0;
8005 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
8006 os != NULL;
8007 os = os->next)
8008 {
8009 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8010
8011 if (os->constraint < 0)
8012 continue;
8013
8014 pl = os->phdrs;
8015 if (pl != NULL)
8016 last = pl;
8017 else
8018 {
8019 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8020 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8021 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8022 continue;
8023
8024 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8025 if (l->type == 3)
8026 continue;
8027
8028 if (last == NULL)
8029 {
8030 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8031
8032 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8033 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8034 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8035 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8036 header and there are sections in that script which are
8037 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8038 use of that header. See here for more details:
8039 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8040 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8041 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8042 {
8043 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8044 break;
8045 }
8046 if (last == NULL)
8047 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8048 }
8049 pl = last;
8050 }
8051
8052 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8053 continue;
8054
8055 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8056 {
8057 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8058 {
8059 if (c >= alc)
8060 {
8061 alc *= 2;
8062 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8063 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8064 }
8065 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8066 ++c;
8067 pl->used = TRUE;
8068 }
8069 }
8070 }
8071
8072 if (l->flags == NULL)
8073 flags = 0;
8074 else
8075 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8076
8077 if (l->at == NULL)
8078 at = 0;
8079 else
8080 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8081
8082 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8083 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8084 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8085 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8086 }
8087
8088 free (secs);
8089
8090 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8091 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
8092 os != NULL;
8093 os = os->next)
8094 {
8095 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8096
8097 if (os->constraint < 0
8098 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8099 continue;
8100
8101 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8102 pl != NULL;
8103 pl = pl->next)
8104 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8105 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8106 os->name, pl->name);
8107 }
8108 }
8109
8110 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8111
8112 void
8113 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8114 {
8115 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8116
8117 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8118 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8119 n->list = l;
8120 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8121 nocrossref_list = n;
8122
8123 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8124 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8125 }
8126
8127 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8128
8129 void
8130 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8131 {
8132 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8133 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8134 }
8135 \f
8136 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8137
8138 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8139 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8140 /* And subsection alignment. */
8141 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8142
8143 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8144 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8145
8146 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8147
8148 struct overlay_list {
8149 struct overlay_list *next;
8150 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8151 };
8152
8153 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8154
8155 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8156
8157 void
8158 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8159 {
8160 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8161 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8162 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8163 && overlay_max == NULL);
8164
8165 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8166 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8167 }
8168
8169 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8170 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8171 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8172
8173 void
8174 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8175 {
8176 struct overlay_list *n;
8177 etree_type *size;
8178
8179 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8180 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8181
8182 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8183 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8184 used in the addresses. */
8185 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8186 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8187
8188 /* Remember the section. */
8189 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8190 n->os = current_section;
8191 n->next = overlay_list;
8192 overlay_list = n;
8193
8194 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8195
8196 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8197 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8198 overlay_max = size;
8199 else
8200 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8201 }
8202
8203 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8204 here. */
8205
8206 void
8207 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8208 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8209 {
8210 const char *name;
8211 char *clean, *s2;
8212 const char *s1;
8213 char *buf;
8214
8215 name = current_section->name;
8216
8217 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8218 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8219 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8220 override it. */
8221 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8222
8223 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8224
8225 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8226 s2 = clean;
8227 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8228 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8229 *s2++ = *s1;
8230 *s2 = '\0';
8231
8232 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8233 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8234 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8235 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8236 FALSE));
8237
8238 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8239 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8240 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8241 exp_binop ('+',
8242 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8243 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8244 FALSE));
8245
8246 free (clean);
8247 }
8248
8249 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8250 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8251
8252 void
8253 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8254 int nocrossrefs,
8255 fill_type *fill,
8256 const char *memspec,
8257 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8258 const char *lma_memspec)
8259 {
8260 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8261 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8262 struct overlay_list *l;
8263 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8264
8265 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8266 memspec, lma_memspec,
8267 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8268
8269 nocrossref = NULL;
8270
8271 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8272 overlay region. */
8273 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8274 {
8275 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8276 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8277 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8278 }
8279
8280 l = overlay_list;
8281 while (l != NULL)
8282 {
8283 struct overlay_list *next;
8284
8285 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8286 l->os->fill = fill;
8287
8288 l->os->region = region;
8289 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8290
8291 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8292 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8293 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8294 an LMA region was specified. */
8295 if (l->next == 0)
8296 {
8297 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8298 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8299 }
8300 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8301 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8302
8303 if (nocrossrefs)
8304 {
8305 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8306
8307 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8308 nc->name = l->os->name;
8309 nc->next = nocrossref;
8310 nocrossref = nc;
8311 }
8312
8313 next = l->next;
8314 free (l);
8315 l = next;
8316 }
8317
8318 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8319 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8320
8321 overlay_vma = NULL;
8322 overlay_list = NULL;
8323 overlay_max = NULL;
8324 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8325 }
8326 \f
8327 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8328
8329 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8330 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8331 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8332
8333 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8334 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8335 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8336 const char *sym)
8337 {
8338 const char *c_sym;
8339 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8340 const char *java_sym = sym;
8341 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8342 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8343
8344 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8345 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8346 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8347 if (!c_sym)
8348 c_sym = sym;
8349 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8350
8351 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8352 {
8353 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8354 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8355 if (!cxx_sym)
8356 cxx_sym = sym;
8357 }
8358 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8359 {
8360 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8361 if (!java_sym)
8362 java_sym = sym;
8363 }
8364
8365 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8366 {
8367 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8368
8369 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8370 {
8371 case 0:
8372 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8373 {
8374 e.pattern = c_sym;
8375 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8376 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8377 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8378 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8379 goto out_ret;
8380 else
8381 expr = expr->next;
8382 }
8383 /* Fallthrough */
8384 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8385 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8386 {
8387 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8388 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8389 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8390 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8391 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8392 goto out_ret;
8393 else
8394 expr = expr->next;
8395 }
8396 /* Fallthrough */
8397 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8398 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8399 {
8400 e.pattern = java_sym;
8401 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8402 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8403 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8404 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8405 goto out_ret;
8406 else
8407 expr = expr->next;
8408 }
8409 /* Fallthrough */
8410 default:
8411 break;
8412 }
8413 }
8414
8415 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8416 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8417 expr = head->remaining;
8418 else
8419 expr = prev->next;
8420 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8421 {
8422 const char *s;
8423
8424 if (!expr->pattern)
8425 continue;
8426
8427 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8428 break;
8429
8430 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8431 s = java_sym;
8432 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8433 s = cxx_sym;
8434 else
8435 s = c_sym;
8436 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8437 break;
8438 }
8439
8440 out_ret:
8441 if (c_sym != sym)
8442 free ((char *) c_sym);
8443 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8444 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8445 if (java_sym != sym)
8446 free ((char *) java_sym);
8447 return expr;
8448 }
8449
8450 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8451 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8452
8453 static const char *
8454 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8455 {
8456 const char *p;
8457 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8458 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8459
8460 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8461 {
8462 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8463 backslash. */
8464 if (backslash)
8465 {
8466 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8467 *(s - 1) = *p;
8468 backslash = FALSE;
8469 changed = TRUE;
8470 }
8471 else
8472 {
8473 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8474 {
8475 free (symbol);
8476 return NULL;
8477 }
8478
8479 *s++ = *p;
8480 backslash = *p == '\\';
8481 }
8482 }
8483
8484 if (changed)
8485 {
8486 *s = '\0';
8487 return symbol;
8488 }
8489 else
8490 {
8491 free (symbol);
8492 return pattern;
8493 }
8494 }
8495
8496 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8497 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8498 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8499
8500 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8501 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8502 const char *new_name,
8503 const char *lang,
8504 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8505 {
8506 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8507
8508 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8509 ret->next = orig;
8510 ret->symver = 0;
8511 ret->script = 0;
8512 ret->literal = TRUE;
8513 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8514 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8515 {
8516 ret->pattern = new_name;
8517 ret->literal = FALSE;
8518 }
8519
8520 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8521 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8522 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8523 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8524 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8525 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8526 else
8527 {
8528 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8529 lang);
8530 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8531 }
8532
8533 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8534 }
8535
8536 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8537 expressions. */
8538
8539 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8540 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8541 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8542 {
8543 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8544
8545 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8546 ret->globals.list = globals;
8547 ret->locals.list = locals;
8548 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8549 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8550 return ret;
8551 }
8552
8553 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8554
8555 static int version_index;
8556
8557 static hashval_t
8558 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8559 {
8560 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8561 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8562
8563 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8564 }
8565
8566 static int
8567 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8568 {
8569 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8570 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8571 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8572 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8573
8574 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8575 }
8576
8577 static void
8578 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8579 {
8580 size_t count = 0;
8581 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8582 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8583
8584 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8585 {
8586 if (e->literal)
8587 count++;
8588 head->mask |= e->mask;
8589 }
8590
8591 if (count)
8592 {
8593 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8594 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8595 list_loc = &head->list;
8596 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8597 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8598 {
8599 next = e->next;
8600 if (!e->literal)
8601 {
8602 *remaining_loc = e;
8603 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8604 }
8605 else
8606 {
8607 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8608
8609 if (*loc)
8610 {
8611 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8612
8613 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8614 last = NULL;
8615 do
8616 {
8617 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8618 {
8619 last = NULL;
8620 break;
8621 }
8622 last = e1;
8623 e1 = e1->next;
8624 }
8625 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8626
8627 if (last == NULL)
8628 {
8629 /* This is a duplicate. */
8630 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8631 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8632 /* free (e->pattern); */
8633 free (e);
8634 }
8635 else
8636 {
8637 e->next = last->next;
8638 last->next = e;
8639 }
8640 }
8641 else
8642 {
8643 *loc = e;
8644 *list_loc = e;
8645 list_loc = &e->next;
8646 }
8647 }
8648 }
8649 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8650 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8651 }
8652 else
8653 head->remaining = head->list;
8654 }
8655
8656 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8657 version. */
8658
8659 void
8660 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8661 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8662 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8663 {
8664 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8665 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8666
8667 if (name == NULL)
8668 name = "";
8669
8670 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8671 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8672 {
8673 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8674 " with other version tags\n"));
8675 free (version);
8676 return;
8677 }
8678
8679 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8680 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8681 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8682 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8683
8684 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8685 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8686
8687 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8688 aren't any duplicates. */
8689
8690 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8691 {
8692 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8693 {
8694 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8695
8696 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8697 {
8698 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8699 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8700 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8701 {
8702 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8703 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8704 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8705 e2 = e2->next;
8706 }
8707 }
8708 else if (!e1->literal)
8709 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8710 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8711 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8712 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8713 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8714 }
8715 }
8716
8717 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8718 {
8719 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8720 {
8721 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8722
8723 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8724 {
8725 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8726 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8727 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8728 {
8729 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8730 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8731 " in version information\n"),
8732 e1->pattern);
8733 e2 = e2->next;
8734 }
8735 }
8736 else if (!e1->literal)
8737 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8738 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8739 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8740 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8741 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8742 }
8743 }
8744
8745 version->deps = deps;
8746 version->name = name;
8747 if (name[0] != '\0')
8748 {
8749 ++version_index;
8750 version->vernum = version_index;
8751 }
8752 else
8753 version->vernum = 0;
8754
8755 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8756 ;
8757 *pp = version;
8758 }
8759
8760 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8761
8762 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8763 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8764 {
8765 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8766 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8767
8768 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8769 ret->next = list;
8770
8771 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8772 {
8773 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8774 {
8775 ret->version_needed = t;
8776 return ret;
8777 }
8778 }
8779
8780 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8781
8782 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8783 return ret;
8784 }
8785
8786 static void
8787 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8788 {
8789 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8790
8791 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8792 {
8793 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8794 char *contents, *p;
8795 bfd_size_type len;
8796
8797 if (sec == NULL)
8798 continue;
8799
8800 len = sec->size;
8801 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8802 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8803 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8804
8805 p = contents;
8806 while (p < contents + len)
8807 {
8808 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8809 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8810 }
8811
8812 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8813
8814 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8815 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8816 }
8817
8818 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8819 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8820 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8821 }
8822
8823 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8824
8825 static void
8826 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8827 {
8828 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8829
8830 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8831 {
8832 if (r->origin_exp)
8833 {
8834 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8835 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8836 {
8837 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8838 r->current = r->origin;
8839 }
8840 else
8841 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8842 r->name_list.name);
8843 }
8844 if (r->length_exp)
8845 {
8846 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8847 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8848 r->length = expld.result.value;
8849 else
8850 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8851 r->name_list.name);
8852 }
8853 }
8854 }
8855
8856 void
8857 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8858 {
8859 struct unique_sections *ent;
8860
8861 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8862 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8863 return;
8864
8865 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8866 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8867 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8868 unique_section_list = ent;
8869 }
8870
8871 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8872
8873 void
8874 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8875 {
8876 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8877 {
8878 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8879 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8880 ;
8881 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8882 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8883 }
8884 else
8885 {
8886 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8887
8888 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8889 d->head.list = dynamic;
8890 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8891 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8892 }
8893 }
8894
8895 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8896 one. */
8897
8898 void
8899 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8900 {
8901 const char *symbols[] =
8902 {
8903 "typeinfo name for*",
8904 "typeinfo for*"
8905 };
8906 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8907 unsigned int i;
8908
8909 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8910 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8911 FALSE);
8912
8913 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8914 }
8915
8916 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8917 existing one. */
8918
8919 void
8920 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8921 {
8922 const char *symbols[] =
8923 {
8924 "operator new*",
8925 "operator delete*"
8926 };
8927 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8928 unsigned int i;
8929
8930 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8931 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8932 FALSE);
8933
8934 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8935 }
8936
8937 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8938
8939 void
8940 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8941 {
8942 char *p, *q;
8943
8944 p = str;
8945 while (*p)
8946 {
8947 char sep;
8948 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8949 ++p;
8950 if (!*p)
8951 break;
8952 q = p + 1;
8953 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8954 ++q;
8955 sep = *q;
8956 *q = 0;
8957 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8958 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8959 else
8960 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8961 *q = sep;
8962 p = q;
8963 }
8964 }
8965
8966 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8967
8968 static void
8969 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8970 {
8971 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8972 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8973 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8974 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8975 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8976 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8977 else
8978 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8979 }
8980
8981 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8982
8983 void
8984 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8985 {
8986 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8987
8988 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8989 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8990 {
8991 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8992 double percent;
8993
8994 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8995 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8996 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8997
8998 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8999
9000 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
9001 }
9002 }
This page took 0.252026 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.